WO2013108778A1 - Optical film, manufacturing method for optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device - Google Patents

Optical film, manufacturing method for optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013108778A1
WO2013108778A1 PCT/JP2013/050655 JP2013050655W WO2013108778A1 WO 2013108778 A1 WO2013108778 A1 WO 2013108778A1 JP 2013050655 W JP2013050655 W JP 2013050655W WO 2013108778 A1 WO2013108778 A1 WO 2013108778A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
optical film
film
resin
mass
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/050655
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
齋藤 浩一
Original Assignee
コニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by コニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー株式会社 filed Critical コニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー株式会社
Publication of WO2013108778A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013108778A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J5/00Manufacture of articles or shaped materials containing macromolecular substances
    • C08J5/18Manufacture of films or sheets
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/04Oxygen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/09Carboxylic acids; Metal salts thereof; Anhydrides thereof
    • C08K5/098Metal salts of carboxylic acids
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/10Esters of organic acids, i.e. acylates
    • C08L1/14Mixed esters, e.g. cellulose acetate-butyrate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L1/00Compositions of cellulose, modified cellulose or cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/08Cellulose derivatives
    • C08L1/26Cellulose ethers
    • C08L1/28Alkyl ethers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L33/00Compositions of homopolymers or copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical, or of salts, anhydrides, esters, amides, imides or nitriles thereof; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • C08L33/04Homopolymers or copolymers of esters
    • C08L33/06Homopolymers or copolymers of esters of esters containing only carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, which oxygen atoms are present only as part of the carboxyl radical
    • C08L33/08Homopolymers or copolymers of acrylic acid esters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/12Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
    • C08F220/14Methyl esters, e.g. methyl (meth)acrylate
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F226/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a single or double bond to nitrogen or by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen
    • C08F226/06Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by a single or double bond to nitrogen or by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen by a heterocyclic ring containing nitrogen
    • C08F226/10N-Vinyl-pyrrolidone
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F2201/00Constructional arrangements not provided for in groups G02F1/00 - G02F7/00
    • G02F2201/50Protective arrangements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an optical film, a manufacturing method thereof, a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device, and more particularly to an optical film which is suitably used for an IPS liquid crystal display device and has high strength and improved coloring, and a manufacturing method thereof.
  • a liquid crystal display device is composed of a liquid crystal cell in which a transparent electrode, a liquid crystal layer, a color filter, etc. are sandwiched between glass plates, and two polarizing plates provided on both sides thereof.
  • the element also referred to as a polarizing film or a polarizing film
  • two optical films also referred to as a polarizing plate protective film.
  • a cellulose triacetate film is usually used as this polarizing plate protective film.
  • Such a liquid crystal display device is required to have a wide viewing angle, and attention is paid to an IPS system in which a hue change due to the viewing angle is small.
  • this IPS system when no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal is aligned parallel to the screen, and when the voltage is applied, the liquid crystal rotates in a plane parallel to the screen, so that the change in phase difference between the front and the diagonal is small. If there is a phase difference (Rt) in the optical film between the polarizer and the liquid crystal cell, the optical film changes its color in front and obliquely due to the phase difference of the optical film, so the optical film is required to have no phase difference. ing.
  • liquid crystal display devices Due to recent technological advances, the enlargement of liquid crystal display devices has accelerated, and the applications of liquid crystal display devices have diversified. For example, it can be used as a large display installed in a street or a store, or used as an advertising display in a public place using a display device called digital signage.
  • PMMA polymethyl methacrylate
  • the liquid crystal display device is increased in size, and the width of the original film is wide and the winding length is required to be long. Therefore, although the film original is wide, workability is poor due to insufficient improvement in brittleness, and handling properties are not sufficient for producing an optical film used for a large liquid crystal display device.
  • Patent Document 2 In order to improve the compatibility between the cellulose resin and the acrylic resin and to provide a highly transparent optical film, a technique of adding an acrylic resin having an amide group has been proposed (see Patent Document 2).
  • an acrylic resin having an amide group must be kept in a molten state at a high temperature in melt casting, and is colored yellow.
  • an optical film produced by adding an acrylic resin having an amide group to a cellulose derivative has a more intense yellow coloring in the melt casting than when an acrylic resin and a cellulose resin having no amide group are used. Therefore, there has been a problem that the image quality of the liquid crystal display device using this optical film is deteriorated.
  • JP 2008-88417 A Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-248094
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and circumstances, and its solution is to provide an optical film having high strength and not yellow-colored even when manufactured by melt casting and a method for manufacturing the same. It is. Another object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display device that does not turn yellow during white display and has good viewing angle characteristics even when stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, and a polarizing plate used in the liquid crystal display device.
  • the present inventor added copper ions in the range of 20 to 100 mass ppm to the optical film containing the acrylic resin in the process of examining the cause of the above problems, etc.
  • the inventors have found that the viewing angle characteristics when stored under high strength, coloring, and high temperature and high humidity are improved, and the present invention has been achieved.
  • An optical film comprising an acrylic resin and copper ions, wherein the content of the copper ions is in the range of 20 to 100 ppm by mass with respect to the optical film.
  • optical film according to item 1 or 2 which contains a cellulose resin.
  • a polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to any one of items 1 to 4.
  • the counter film contains a cellulose resin, and the thickness of the counter film is 20 to 60 ⁇ m.
  • a liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to item 7 or 8.
  • the above-mentioned means of the present invention can provide an optical film having high strength and not yellow-colored even when manufactured by melt casting and a method for manufacturing the same.
  • the acrylic resin when it is heated at a high temperature, it decomposes to form a yellow colored substance by forming a chelate with a functional group of the acrylic resin.
  • the acrylic resin has an amide group, since the bond between the copper ion and the amide group is strong, it is considered that the effect of preventing coloration by the copper ion is even greater. Further, since the divalent copper ions are bluish, it is considered that canceling out the yellow coloring caused by the decomposition of the resin is also advantageous.
  • the strength is improved by bonding the copper ions and the acrylic resin, and the brittleness of the acrylic resin can be improved.
  • Schematic flow sheet showing one embodiment of a production apparatus for carrying out the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention 1 is an enlarged flow sheet of the main part of the manufacturing apparatus of FIG.
  • External view of main parts of casting die Cross section of the main part of the casting die
  • Sectional drawing of 1st Embodiment of a pinching rotary body (it is also called a touch roller).
  • vertical to the rotating shaft of 2nd Embodiment of a pinching rotary body Sectional drawing in the plane containing the rotating shaft of 2nd Embodiment of a pinching rotary body
  • the optical film of the present invention is characterized by containing an acrylic resin and containing copper ions in a range of 20 to 100 ppm by mass with respect to the optical film. This feature is a technical feature common to the inventions according to claims 1 to 9.
  • the acrylic resin has an amide group from the viewpoint of manifesting the effects of the present invention.
  • the film thickness is preferably in the range of 10 to 45 ⁇ m.
  • copper ions are added as copper gluconate or acetylacetonate copper, since the acrylic resin and copper ions are uniformly mixed, and the anti-coloring effect is improved. preferable.
  • the film is preferably formed by the method.
  • the optical film of the present invention can be suitably included in a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate.
  • is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
  • the “optical film” is a functional film used for various display devices such as a liquid crystal display, a plasma display, and an organic EL display, and more specifically, a polarizing plate protective film and a retardation film for a liquid crystal display device. , An antireflection film, a brightness enhancement film, a hard coat film, an antiglare film, an antistatic film, an optical compensation film for expanding the viewing angle, and the like.
  • the optical film of the present invention is preferably used for a polarizing plate protective film (including a polarizing plate protective film provided with a functional layer).
  • the optical film used as the polarizing plate protective film preferably has a retardation value close to zero.
  • Retardation Ro and Rt are calculated
  • Formula (i) Ro (n x -n y) ⁇ d
  • Formula (ii) Rt ((n x + n y ) / 2 ⁇ n z ) ⁇ d
  • n x is a refractive index in a slow axis direction in the film plane
  • n y is the fast axis direction of the refractive index in the film plane
  • n z is the thickness direction of the refractive index (refractive index of the film 23 (Measured at a wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 55 ° C.
  • d represents the thickness (nm) of the film.
  • the refractive index of the optical film is an Abbe refractometer (4T)
  • the thickness of the film is a commercially available micrometer
  • the retardation value is an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (Oji Scientific Instruments) Etc.) can be used for measurement.
  • the optical film of the present invention contains an acrylic resin and copper ions.
  • the film thickness of the optical film of the present invention is preferably in the range of 10 to 45 ⁇ m. If it is 10 microns or more, it is easy to tear, and it is easy to handle. If it is 45 ⁇ m or less, yellow coloring due to long-term storage is not noticeable, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced. This is because it meets the demand.
  • the acrylic resin used in the present invention includes a methacrylic resin. Although it does not restrict
  • the acrylic resin is preferably an acrylic resin having an amide group because the retardation value of the optical film is small and the strength is high.
  • the optical film of the present invention preferably contains an acrylic resin having an amide group. Since the acrylic resin has an amide group, it has excellent affinity with the cellulose resin and excellent compatibility with the cellulose resin, so that haze can be suppressed low and transparency is also good.
  • the acrylic resin having an amide group is preferably synthesized by copolymerization of a copolymer component having an amide group and an acrylic copolymer component.
  • copolymer components having amide groups examples include N-vinylpyrrolidone (VP), N-vinyl-2-methylpyrrolidone, acryloylmorpholine (ACMO), acryloyl-2-methylmorpholine, dimethylacrylamide (DMAA), vinylacetamide, etc.
  • VP N-vinylpyrrolidone
  • ACMO acryloylmorpholine
  • DMAA dimethylacrylamide
  • vinylacetamide etc.
  • N-vinylpyrrolidone and acryloylmorpholine are preferable.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the acrylic resin having an amide group is preferably such that the copolymer component having an amide structure is in the range of 5 to 50% by mass of the total copolymer components constituting the polymer. % Is more preferable.
  • the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the acrylic resin having an amide group is in the range of 60,000 to 400,000 from the viewpoint of improving brittleness as an optical film and improving transparency when it is compatible with a cellulose resin.
  • the inner level is preferable, and the range of 80,000 to 300,000 is more preferable. If the number average molecular weight (Mn) is 60,000 or more, high strength is obtained, and if it is 400,000 or less, high transparency is obtained.
  • Molecular weight can be measured by the same method as for cellulose resin.
  • the acrylic resin having an amide group is preferably used in the range of 50 to 100% by mass in the optical film, and more preferably in the range of 60 to 80% by mass.
  • the addition amount is 60% by mass or more, the effect of the amide group can be exerted and the strength can be improved.
  • the addition amount is 80% by mass or less when mixed with the cellulose resin, when used in a liquid crystal display device. Viewing angle characteristics are further improved.
  • the acrylic resin having an amide group may have a third copolymer component in addition to the methyl methacrylate and the copolymer component having an amide group.
  • the third copolymer component may be an acrylic copolymer component or a copolymer component other than an acrylic copolymer component.
  • acrylic copolymer component examples include ⁇ , ⁇ -nondeoxyalkylene such as alkyl methacrylate having 2 to 18 alkyl atoms, alkyl acrylate having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, acrylic acid, and methacrylic acid.
  • examples thereof include ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated nitriles such as saturated acid, acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more monomers.
  • acrylic acid methyl acrylate (MA), ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, methacrylic acid, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA), etc.
  • MA methyl acrylate
  • ethyl acrylate propyl acrylate
  • butyl acrylate methacrylic acid
  • ethyl methacrylate propyl methacrylate
  • butyl methacrylate 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate
  • 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate HEMA
  • copolymer component other than acrylic examples include unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acids such as maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid, aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and ⁇ -methylstyrene, maleic anhydride, maleimide, N -Substituted maleimide, vinyl acetate and the like are mentioned, and among these, styrene and vinyl acetate are preferably used.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin of the present invention can be measured by gel permeation chromatography.
  • the measurement conditions are as follows.
  • the production method of the acrylic resin in the present invention is not particularly limited, and any known method such as suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, or solution polymerization may be used.
  • a polymerization initiator a normal peroxide type and an azo type can be used, and a redox type can also be used.
  • the polymerization temperature may be within a range of 30 to 100 ° C. for suspension or emulsion polymerization, and within a range of 80 to 160 ° C. for bulk or solution polymerization.
  • polymerization can be carried out using alkyl mercaptan or the like as a chain transfer agent.
  • the optical film of the present invention preferably contains a cellulose resin because the strength of the film is further improved.
  • the cellulose resin examples include cellulose ester and alkoxy cellulose.
  • the alkoxy cellulose examples include ethyl cellulose (sold under the trade name Etcel from Nisshin Chemical).
  • Etcel sold under the trade name Etcel from Nisshin Chemical
  • cellulose ester is preferable as the cellulose resin, and the total substitution degree (T) of acyl group is 2.0 to 3.0, particularly from the viewpoint of transparency when improved in brittleness or compatible with acrylic resin.
  • T total substitution degree
  • cellulose esters in which the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is in the range of 1.2 to 3.0 are preferable.
  • the cellulose resin according to the present invention is preferably a cellulose ester substituted with an acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • propionyl, butyryl and the like are preferably used, and a propionyl group is particularly preferable. Used.
  • an acrylic type Resin and cellulose ester exhibit high compatibility and are highly transparent when used as an optical film.
  • the total substitution degree of the acyl group is 2.0 or more and the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is 1.2 or more, higher compatibility is obtained and the strength is excellent.
  • the total substitution degree of the acyl group is 2.0 or more, the substitution degree of the acyl group having 2 carbon atoms (ie, acetyl group) is low, and the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is 1.2 or more. In this case, the compatibility and strength are further improved.
  • the total substitution degree of the acyl group having a carbon number other than 3 to 7 in the cellulose ester that is, the acetyl group or the acyl group having 8 or more carbon atoms is 1.3 or less.
  • the total substitution degree (T) of the acyl group of the cellulose ester is more preferably in the range of 2.5 to 3.0.
  • the acyl group may be an aliphatic acyl group or an aromatic acyl group. In the case of an aliphatic acyl group, it may be linear or branched and may further have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the acyl group in the present invention includes an acyl group substituent.
  • the number of substituents substituted on the aromatic ring is preferably 0 to 5. Also in this case, it is necessary to pay attention so that the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms including the substituent is in the range of 1.2 to 3.0.
  • the benzoyl group has 7 carbon atoms, when it has a substituent containing carbon, the benzoyl group has 8 or more carbon atoms and is not included in the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Become.
  • substituents substituted on the aromatic ring when the number of substituents substituted on the aromatic ring is 2 or more, they may be the same or different from each other, but they may be linked together to form a condensed polycyclic compound (for example, naphthalene, indene, indane, phenanthrene, quinoline). , Isoquinoline, chromene, chroman, phthalazine, acridine, indole, indoline, etc.).
  • a condensed polycyclic compound for example, naphthalene, indene, indane, phenanthrene, quinoline.
  • Isoquinoline chromene, chroman, phthalazine, acridine, indole, indoline, etc.
  • the cellulose ester as described above preferably has a structure having at least one aliphatic acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • the cellulose resin according to the present invention is preferably at least one selected from cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate benzoate, cellulose propionate, and cellulose butyrate.
  • particularly preferred cellulose resins are cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose propionate.
  • the portion not substituted with an acyl group is usually present as a hydroxy group. These can be synthesized by known methods.
  • substitution degree of the acetyl group and the substitution degree of other acyl groups were determined by the method prescribed in ASTM-D817-96.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose resin according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 75,000 to 300,000, particularly in the range of 100,000 to 250,000, from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with acrylic resins and improving brittleness. Is more preferable, and those within the range of 150,000 to 250,000 are particularly preferable.
  • the important average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose resin is less than 75,000, the effect of improving heat resistance and brittleness may not be sufficient, and the effect of the present invention may not be obtained.
  • Mw important average molecular weight
  • two or more kinds of cellulose resins can be mixed and used.
  • the mass ratio value of the acrylic resin and the cellulose resin is preferably in the range of 50:50 to 94: 6 and in a compatible state, more preferably 60:40. Within the range of 90:10.
  • the value of the mass ratio between the acrylic resin and the cellulose resin is 94: 6 or less, an improvement in strength and an improvement in viewing angle characteristics are observed with the cellulose resin, and the value of the mass ratio is 50:50 or more. When there are many acrylic resins, moisture resistance is excellent.
  • an acrylic resin and a cellulose resin are contained in a compatible state.
  • the physical properties and quality required for an optical film are achieved by supplementing each other by dissolving different resins.
  • Whether the acrylic resin and the cellulose resin are in a compatible state can be determined, for example, based on the glass transition temperature Tg.
  • the glass transition temperatures of the two resins are different, when the two resins are mixed, there are two or more glass transition temperatures of the mixture because there is a glass transition temperature of each resin.
  • the glass transition temperature specific to each resin disappears and becomes one glass transition temperature, which becomes the glass transition temperature of the compatible resin.
  • the glass transition temperature referred to here is an intermediate value determined according to JIS K7121 (1987) using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC-7 model manufactured by Perkin Elmer) at a heating rate of 20 ° C./min.
  • the point glass transition temperature (Tmg) is an intermediate value determined according to JIS K7121 (1987) using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC-7 model manufactured by Perkin Elmer) at a heating rate of 20 ° C./min.
  • the point glass transition temperature (Tmg) The point glass transition temperature (Tmg).
  • the acrylic resin and the cellulose resin are each preferably an amorphous resin, and either one may be a crystalline polymer or a partially crystalline polymer.
  • the resin and the cellulose resin are preferably compatible with each other to become an amorphous resin.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin in the optical film of the present invention After the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin in the optical film of the present invention, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose resin, and the degree of substitution are separated using the difference in solubility in the solvent of both resins. , Obtained by measuring each.
  • fractionating the resin it is possible to extract and separate the soluble resin by adding a compatible resin in a solvent that is soluble only in either one. At this time, heating operation or reflux is performed. May be. A combination of these solvents may be combined in two or more steps to separate the resin.
  • the dissolved resin and the resin remaining as an insoluble material are filtered off, and the solution containing the extract can be separated by an operation of evaporating the solvent and drying.
  • These fractionated resins can be identified by general structural analysis of polymers.
  • the optical film of the present invention contains a resin other than an acrylic resin or a cellulose resin, it can be separated by the same method.
  • the weight average molecular weights (Mw) of the compatible resins are different, the high molecular weight substances are eluted earlier by gel permeation chromatography (GPC), and the lower molecular weight substances are eluted after a longer time. Therefore, it can be easily fractionated and the molecular weight can be measured.
  • GPC gel permeation chromatography
  • the molecular weight of the compatible resin is measured by GPC, and at the same time, the resin solution eluted every time is separated, the solvent is distilled off, and the dried resin is different by quantitatively analyzing the structure.
  • the resin composition for each molecular weight fraction it is possible to identify each compatible resin.
  • the molecular weight distribution of each of the resins separated in advance based on the difference in solubility in a solvent by GPC, it is possible to detect each of the compatible resins.
  • the total mass of the acrylic resin and the cellulose resin in the optical film of the present invention is preferably 55% by mass or more of the optical film, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 70% by mass or more. .
  • the copper ion according to the present invention is preferable because a divalent copper ion greatly improves the film strength.
  • Copper ions are preferably added to the resin as an organic copper compound in order to be uniformly mixed with the resin.
  • copper acetylacetonate (II), copper gluconate (II), glycinate copper (II), copper (II) bisisobutyrate, copper (II) trifluoroacetylacetonate, Pigment Blue 15, etc. are preferable, and the ligand is preferably a complex or salt having a ⁇ -diketone structure or a carboxy group.
  • the copper (II) acetylacetonate and copper (II) gluconate are suitable when the organic copper compound is added to the acrylic resin when the bond stability between the copper and the organic group is not too high and appropriate. Since copper ions can bind to the acrylic resin, it is considered that the effect of the present invention is more remarkably exhibited.
  • the content of copper ions in the optical film is in the range of 20 to 100 ppm by mass. If the copper ion content is 20 mass ppm or more, a large strength can be obtained, and yellow coloration is not observed even if it is used for a long time at a high temperature. When the image is visually observed, the bluish color is suppressed to such an extent that it cannot be confirmed.
  • a film having a thickness of 20 to 40 ⁇ m containing 300 to 600 ppm by mass of copper phthalocyanine in an acrylic resin is known, but since it is strong in blue, it cannot be applied to an optical film used for an image display device or the like.
  • additives are preferably added for the purpose of reducing breakage failure in the production process.
  • Three types of additives (1) carbon radical scavenger, (2) primary antioxidant having hydrogen radical donating ability for peroxy radical, and (3) secondary antioxidant having a reducing action on peroxide. Combined.
  • Carbon radical scavenger The optical film of the present invention preferably contains at least one carbon radical scavenger.
  • the “carbon radical scavenger” has a group (for example, an unsaturated group such as a double bond or a triple bond) that allows a carbon radical to rapidly undergo an addition reaction, and a subsequent reaction such as polymerization occurs after the addition of the carbon radical. It is a compound that gives no stable product.
  • Examples of the carbon radical scavenger include compounds having a radical polymerization inhibiting ability such as a group (an unsaturated group such as a (meth) acryloyl group or an aryl group) that reacts quickly with a carbon radical in the molecule, and a phenolic or lactone based compound.
  • the compound represented by the following general formula (1) or general formula (2) is particularly preferable.
  • R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 12 and R 13 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and may be linear or have a branched structure or a ring structure.
  • R 12 and R 13 are preferably a structure represented by “* —C (CH 3 ) 2 —R ′” containing a quaternary carbon (* represents a connecting site to an aromatic ring, and R ′ represents a carbon number of 1 Represents an alkyl group of ⁇ 5).
  • R 12 is more preferably a tert-butyl group, a tert-amyl group or a tert-octyl group.
  • R 13 is more preferably a tert-butyl group or a tert-amyl group.
  • commercially available products include “Sumilizer GM, Sumilizer GS” (both trade names, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • R 22 to R 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the substituent represented by R 22 to R 25 is not particularly limited.
  • R 22 to R 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the substituent represented by R 22 to R 25 is not particularly limited.
  • cycloalkyl group for example, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group) Etc.
  • aryl groups eg phenyl group, naphthyl group etc.
  • acylamino groups eg acetylamino group, benzoylamino group etc.
  • alkylthio groups eg methylthio group, ethylthio group etc.
  • R 26 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and examples of the substituent represented by R 26 include the same groups as the substituents represented by R 22 to R 25. .
  • n 1 or 2.
  • R 21 represents a substituent
  • R 21 represents a divalent linking group
  • examples of the substituent include the same groups as the substituents represented by R 22 to R 25 .
  • R 21 represents a divalent linking group
  • examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group that may have a substituent, an arylene group that may have a substituent, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. Or a combination of these linking groups.
  • n is preferably 1.
  • the carbon radical scavengers can be used singly or in combination of two or more, and the amount of the carbon radical scavenger is appropriately selected within a range that does not impair the object of the present invention.
  • Resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin) 100 Usually in the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by weight, preferably in the range of 0.01 to 5.0 parts by weight, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0 parts by weight with respect to parts by weight. Is within.
  • the optical film of the present invention preferably contains at least one primary antioxidant having hydrogen radical donating ability for peroxy radicals.
  • the “primary antioxidant having the ability to donate hydrogen radicals to peroxy radicals” means that the molecule has at least one hydrogen atom that can be quickly extracted by peroxy radicals, and peroxides from peroxy radicals.
  • the compound to be produced is preferably an aromatic compound substituted with a hydroxy group or a primary or secondary amino group or a heterocyclic compound having a sterically hindered group, and more preferably an alkyl group at the ortho position.
  • a phenolic compound or a hindered amine compound is preferably an aromatic compound substituted with a hydroxy group or a primary or secondary amino group or a heterocyclic compound having a sterically hindered group, and more preferably an alkyl group at the ortho position.
  • Phenol compounds preferably used in the present invention include 2,6-dialkylphenol derivative compounds such as those described in US Pat. No. 4,839,405, columns 12-14. Such a compound includes a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
  • R 31 to R 36 each represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituents include a halogen atom (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom), an alkyl group (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, hydroxyethyl group, methoxymethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, t-butyl group), A cycloalkyl group (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, etc.), an aralkyl group (eg, benzyl group, 2-phenethyl group, etc.), an aryl group (eg, phenyl group, naphthyl group, p-tolyl group, p-chlorophenyl group, etc.), alkoxy Groups (eg methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy), aryloxy (eg phenoxy), cyano, acylamino (
  • a compound in which R 31 is a hydrogen atom and R 32 and R 36 are t-butyl groups is preferable.
  • phenolic compounds include n-octadecyl 3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) -propionate, n-octadecyl 3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4 -Hydroxyphenyl) -acetate, n-octadecyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, n-hexyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenylbenzoate, n-dodecyl 3,5 -Di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenylbenzoate, neo-dodecyl 3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, dodecyl ⁇ (3,5-di-t-buty
  • phenol compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the blending amount thereof is appropriately selected within the range not impairing the object of the present invention, but 100 parts by mass of resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin) Is usually within the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by mass, preferably within the range of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass, and more preferably within the range of 0.1 to 2.0 parts by mass. is there.
  • the hindered amine compound preferably used in the present invention is preferably a hindered amine compound represented by the following general formula (4).
  • R 41 to R 47 each represents a substituent.
  • the substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
  • R 44 is preferably a hydrogen atom and a methyl group
  • R 47 is a hydrogen atom
  • R 42 , R 43 , R 45 and R 46 are preferably a methyl group.
  • hindered amine compounds include bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) succinate, bis (1 , 2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (N-octoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (N-benzyloxy-2,2) , 6,6-Tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (N-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1,2,2,6,6- Pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) 2- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2-butylmalonate, bis (1-acryloyl-2,2,6,6- Tramethyl-4-piperidyl) 2,2-bis (3,5-di-t-butyl) 2,
  • Mn molecular weight
  • the hindered amine compound of the above type is commercially available, for example, from BASF Japan Co., Ltd. under the trade names “Tinvin 144” and “Tinvin 770”, and from ADEKA Co., Ltd. under the name “Adeka Stub LA-52”.
  • the above-mentioned hindered amine compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the blending amount is appropriately selected within the range not impairing the object of the present invention, but 100 parts by mass of resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin) Is usually within the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by mass, preferably within the range of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass, and more preferably within the range of 0.1 to 2.0 parts by mass. is there.
  • the optical film of the present invention preferably contains at least one secondary antioxidant having a reducing action on peroxide.
  • the “secondary antioxidant having a reducing action on peroxide” is a reducing compound that rapidly reduces peroxide to convert it into a hydroxy group.
  • the secondary antioxidant having a reducing ability for peroxide a phosphorus compound or a sulfur compound is preferable.
  • the phosphorus compound preferably used in the present invention is preferably a phosphorus compound selected from the group consisting of phosphite, phosphonite, phosphinite, or tertiary phosphane.
  • a compound having a partial structure represented by the following general formulas (5-1), (5-2), (5-3), (5-4), and (C-5) in the molecule is preferable.
  • Ph 1 and Ph ′ 1 represent a substituent.
  • the substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
  • Ph 1 and Ph ′ 1 represent a phenylene group, and the hydrogen atom of the phenylene group is a phenyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or 6 to 12 carbon atoms. And may be substituted with an alkylcycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Ph 1 and Ph ′ 1 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • X represents a single bond, a sulfur atom or a —CHR— group.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms. These may be substituted with a substituent having the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
  • Ph 2 and Ph '2 each represent a substituent.
  • the substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
  • Ph 2 and Ph ′ 2 represent a phenyl group or a biphenyl group, and the hydrogen atom of the phenyl group or biphenyl group is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or a carbon number. It may be substituted with an alkylcycloalkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Ph 2 and Ph ′ 2 may be the same as or different from each other. These may be substituted with a substituent having the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
  • Ph 3 represents a substituent.
  • the substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
  • Ph 3 represents a phenyl group or a biphenyl group, and the hydrogen atom of the phenyl group or biphenyl group is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or a 6 to 12 carbon atom. It may be substituted with an alkylcycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms. These may be substituted with a substituent having the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
  • Ph 4 represents a substituent.
  • the substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). More preferably, Ph 4 represents an alkyl group or phenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group or phenyl group is a substituent having the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). It may be substituted by a group.
  • Ph 5 , Ph ′ 5 and Ph ′′ 5 represent a substituent.
  • the substituent has the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). More preferably, Ph 5 , Ph ′ 5 and Ph ′′ 5 represent an alkyl group or phenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group or phenyl group is a substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). It may be substituted with a substituent having the same meaning as
  • phosphorus compounds include triphenyl phosphite, diphenylisodecyl phosphite, phenyl diisodecyl phosphite, tris (nonylphenyl) phosphite, tris (dinonylphenyl) phosphite, tris (2,4-di-).
  • t-butylphenyl) phosphite 10- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, 6- [ 3- (3-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) propoxy] -2,4,8,10-tetra-t-butyldibenz [d, f] [1,3,2] dioxaphosphine
  • Monophosphite compounds such as pin and tridecyl phosphite; 4,4′-butylidene-bis (3-methyl-6-tert-butyl) Diphosphite compounds such as ruphenyl-di-tridecyl phosphite), 4,4'-isopropylidene-bis (phenyl-di-alkyl (C12-C15) phosphite); triphenylphosphonite, tetrakis
  • Phosphorus compounds of the above type are, for example, “SumilizerGP” from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., “Adeka Stub PEP-24G”, “Adeka Stub PEP-36” and “Adeka Stub 3010” from ADEKA Co., Ltd., “IRGAFOS from BASF Japan K.K. “P-EPQ” is commercially available from Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. under the trade name “GSY-P101”.
  • the above phosphorus compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the blending amount thereof is appropriately selected within the range not impairing the object of the present invention, but 100 parts by mass of resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin) Is usually within the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by mass, preferably within the range of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass, and more preferably within the range of 0.05 to 2.0 parts by mass. is there.
  • the sulfur compound preferably used in the present invention is preferably a sulfur compound represented by the following general formula (6).
  • R 61 -SR 62 In the formula, R 61 and R 62 represent a substituent.
  • the substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
  • sulfur compound examples include dilauryl 3,3-thiodipropionate, dimyristyl 3,3'-thiodipropionate, distearyl 3,3-thiodipropionate, lauryl stearyl 3,3-thiodipropioate. And pentaerythritol-tetrakis ( ⁇ -lauryl-thio-propionate), 3,9-bis (2-dodecylthioethyl) -2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5,5] undecane .
  • the above sulfur compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more, and the blending amount is appropriately selected within the range not impairing the object of the present invention, but the resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin) 100 mass. Usually within the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by mass, preferably within the range of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass, and more preferably within the range of 0.05 to 2.0 parts by mass. It is.
  • additives such as an acid scavenger, an ultraviolet absorber, a plasticizer, a mat agent, an optical anisotropy control agent and an antistatic agent may be used in combination as other additives.
  • the optical film of the present invention preferably contains an acid scavenger as a stabilizer.
  • Any acid scavenger useful in the present invention can be used without limitation as long as it is a compound that reacts with an acid to inactivate the acid, and is described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,137,201.
  • a compound having an epoxy group is preferred.
  • Epoxy compounds as such acid scavengers are known in the art and are derived by condensation of various polyglycol diglycidyl ethers, particularly about 8 to 40 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of polyglycol.
  • EPON 815C and other epoxidized ether oligomer condensation products of the following general formula (7) can also be preferably used.
  • n is an integer from 0 to 12.
  • Other acid scavengers that can be used include those described in paragraphs 87 to 105 of JP-A No. 5-194788.
  • Each of the acid scavengers can be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the amount of the acid scavenger is appropriately selected within a range not impairing the object of the present invention. In general, it is in the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by mass, preferably in the range of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 2.0 parts by mass.
  • the acid scavenger may be referred to as an acid scavenger, an acid scavenger, an acid catcher or the like with respect to the resin, but can be used in the present invention without any difference due to their names.
  • the optical film of the present invention from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of the polarizer and the display device with respect to ultraviolet rays, the optical film is excellent in the ability to absorb ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm or less, and from the viewpoint of liquid crystal display properties, visible light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more is used. It is preferable to contain an ultraviolet absorber that absorbs little.
  • Examples of the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention include oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, nickel complex compounds, triazine compounds, and the like. However, benzophenone compounds, less colored benzotriazole compounds, and triazine compounds are preferable.
  • ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A Nos. 10-182621 and 8-337574, and polymer ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A Nos. 6-148430 and 2003-113317 may be used.
  • benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers include 2- (2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl) benzo Triazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl) -5 Chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2′-hydroxy-3 ′-(3 ′′, 4 ′′, 5 ′′, 6 ′′ -tetrahydrophthalimidomethyl) -5′-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis (4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol), 2- (2'-hydroxy 3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-
  • TINUVIN 171, TINUVIN 900, TINUVIN 928, TINUVIN 360 are manufactured by BASF Japan
  • LA31 manufactured by ADEKA Corporation
  • RUVA-100 manufactured by Otsuka Chemical
  • benzophenone compounds include 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone, bis (2-methoxy-4-hydroxy-) 5-benzoylphenylmethane) and the like, but are not limited thereto.
  • the ultraviolet absorber is preferably added in the range of 0.1 to 5% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.2 to 3% by mass with respect to the resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin). It is preferable to add, and it is more preferable to add within the range of 0.5 to 2% by mass. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
  • the benzotriazole structure or triazine structure may be part of the polymer or regularly pendant to the polymer, and part of the molecular structure of other additives such as plasticizers, antioxidants, acid scavengers, etc. May be introduced.
  • the conventionally known UV-absorbing polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a polymer obtained by homopolymerizing RUVA-93 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical) and a polymer obtained by copolymerizing RUVA-93 with other monomers. . Specifically, PUVA-30M obtained by copolymerizing RUVA-93 and methyl methacrylate in a ratio (mass ratio) of 3: 7, and PUVA-50M copolymerized in a ratio of 5: 5 (mass ratio). It is done. Furthermore, the polymer etc. which are described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2003-113317 are mentioned.
  • At least one plasticizer may be added to the film.
  • a plasticizer is generally an additive that has the effect of improving brittleness or imparting flexibility by being added to a polymer.
  • a plasticizer is added in order to lower the melting temperature than the melting temperature alone, and to lower the melt viscosity of the film constituent material containing the plasticizer than the resin alone at the same heating temperature.
  • it adds also in order to improve the hydrophilic property of a cellulose resin and to improve the water vapor transmission rate of an optical film, it has a function as a moisture permeation preventive agent.
  • the melting temperature of the film constituent material means a temperature at which the material is heated and fluidity is developed.
  • the glass transition temperature In order to melt and flow the resin according to the present invention, it is necessary to heat at least a temperature higher than the glass transition temperature. Above the glass transition temperature, the elastic modulus or viscosity decreases due to heat absorption, and fluidity is exhibited.
  • the molecular weight of the cellulose resin may be reduced due to thermal decomposition at the same time as melting at high temperatures, which may adversely affect the mechanical properties of the resulting film. There is a need.
  • a plasticizer having a melting point or glass transition temperature lower than the glass transition temperature of the resin according to the present invention In order to lower the melting temperature of the film constituent material, it can be achieved by adding a plasticizer having a melting point or glass transition temperature lower than the glass transition temperature of the resin according to the present invention.
  • a plasticizer in the range of 0.1 to 20% by mass relative to the resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin), and further in the range of 0.2 to 10% by mass. It is preferable to add at. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
  • an ester plasticizer comprising a polyhydric alcohol and a monovalent carboxylic acid and an ester plasticizer comprising a polyhydric carboxylic acid and a monohydric alcohol are preferred.
  • polyhydric alcohols that are raw materials for ester plasticizers include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • ethylene glycol ester plasticizers that are one of the polyhydric alcohol esters include ethylene glycol alkyl ester plasticizers such as ethylene glycol diacetate and ethylene glycol dibutyrate, and ethylene glycol dicyclopropyl.
  • ethylene glycol cycloalkyl ester plasticizers such as carboxylate and ethylene glycol dicyclohexylcarboxylate
  • ethylene glycol aryl ester plasticizers such as ethylene glycol dibenzoate and ethylene glycol di4-methylbenzoate.
  • alkylate groups, cycloalkylate groups, and arylate groups may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. Further, it may be a mix of alkylate group, cycloalkylate group and arylate group, and these substituents may be covalently bonded.
  • the ethylene glycol part may be substituted, the ethylene glycol ester partial structure may be part of the polymer or regularly pendant, and may be an antioxidant, an acid scavenger, an ultraviolet absorber, etc. It may be introduced into a part of the molecular structure of the additive.
  • Glycerin cycloalkyl esters such as glycerin tricyclohexyl carboxylate, glyceryl aryl esters such as glycerin tribenzoate and glycerin 4-methylbenzoate, diglycerin tetraacetylate, diglycerin tetrapropionate, diglycerin acetate tricaprylate, diglycerin Diglycerol alkyl esters such as tetralaurate, diglycerol tetracyclobutylcarboxylate, diglycerol Diglycerol cycloalkyl esters such as La cyclopentyl carboxylate, diglycerin tetrabenzoate, diglycerin aryl ester such as diglycerin 3-methylbenzoate or the like.
  • alkylate groups, cycloalkylcarboxylate groups, and arylate groups may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of alkylate group, cycloalkylcarboxylate group, and arylate group, and these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond.
  • the glycerin or diglycerin part may be substituted, the partial structure of the glycerin ester or the diglycerin ester may be part of the polymer or regularly pendant, and the antioxidant, acid scavenger, You may introduce
  • polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers include polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers described in paragraphs 30 to 33 of JP-A No. 2003-12823.
  • alkylate groups, cycloalkylcarboxylate groups, and arylate groups may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of alkylate group, cycloalkylcarboxylate group, and arylate group, and these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond.
  • the polyhydric alcohol part may be substituted, and the partial structure of the polyhydric alcohol may be a part of the polymer or regularly pendant, and may be an antioxidant, an acid scavenger, an ultraviolet absorber. May be introduced into a part of the molecular structure of the additive.
  • alkyl polyhydric alcohol aryl esters are preferable.
  • the ethylene glycol dibenzoate, glycerin tribenzoate, diglycerin tetrabenzoate, penta Examples include erythritol tetrabenzoate and exemplified compound 16 described in paragraph 31 of JP-A No. 2003-12823.
  • Alkyl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizers such as cyclopentyl succinate and dicyclohexyl adipate, alkyl dicarboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizers such as diphenyl succinate and di4-methylphenyl glutarate, dihexyl-1,4-cyclohexane
  • Cycloalkyl dicarboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers such as dicarboxylate and didecylbicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-2,3-dicarboxylate, dicyclohexyl-1,2-cyclobutanedicarboxylate, Cyclopropyl-1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylate and other cycloalkyl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizers, diphenyl-1,1-cyclopropyl dicarboxylate, di-2-naphthyl-1,4-cyclohex
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group may be mixed, and these substituents may be bonded together by a covalent bond.
  • the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted, and a multimer such as a dimer, trimer or tetramer may be used.
  • partial structure of phthalate ester may be part of the polymer or regularly pendant to the polymer, and may be part of the molecular structure of additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, and UV absorbers. It may be introduced.
  • polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizers include alkyl polycarboxylic acid alkyl esters such as tridodecyl tricarbarate and tributyl-meso-butane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylate.
  • Plasticizers alkylpolycarboxylic acid cycloalkylester plasticizers such as tricyclohexyl tricarbarate, tricyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-1,2,3-propanetricarboxylate, triphenyl 2-hydroxy- Alkyl polyvalent carboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizers such as 1,2,3-propanetricarboxylate, tetra-3-methylphenyltetrahydrofuran-2,3,4,5-tetracarboxylate, tetrahexyl-1,2, 3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylate, tetra Cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers such as til-1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylate, tetracyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylate, tricyclohexyl- Cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid cycloalkyl este
  • Plasticizers of aryl polyvalent carboxylic acid aryl esters such as plasticizers triphenylbenzene-1,3,5-tetracarboxylate, hexa-4-methylphenylbenzene-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexacarboxylate Agents.
  • alkoxy groups and cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different, and may be monosubstituted, and these substituents may be further substituted.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group may be mixed, and these substituents may be bonded together by a covalent bond.
  • the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted, and a multimer such as a dimer, trimer or tetramer may be used.
  • the partial structure of phthalate ester may be part of the polymer or may be regularly pendant to the polymer, and introduced into part of the molecular structure of additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, UV absorbers, etc. May be.
  • alkyl dicarboxylic acid alkyl esters are preferable, and specific examples include the dioctyl adipate.
  • plasticizers used in the present invention include phosphate ester plasticizers, carbohydrate ester plasticizers, polymer plasticizers, and the like.
  • the phosphoric acid ester plasticizer examples include phosphoric acid alkyl esters such as triacetyl phosphate and tributyl phosphate, phosphoric acid cycloalkyl esters such as tricyclopentyl phosphate and cyclohexyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, Examples thereof include phosphoric acid aryl esters such as cresyl phenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, trinaphthyl phosphate, trixylyl phosphate, tris ortho-biphenyl phosphate. These substituents may be the same or different, and may be further substituted.
  • alkylene bis (dialkyl phosphate) such as ethylene bis (dimethyl phosphate), butylene bis (diethyl phosphate), alkylene bis (diaryl phosphate) such as ethylene bis (diphenyl phosphate), propylene bis (dinaphthyl phosphate), phenylene bis (dibutyl) Phosphate), arylene bis (dialkyl phosphate) such as biphenylene bis (dioctyl phosphate), phosphate esters such as arylene bis (diaryl phosphate) such as phenylene bis (diphenyl phosphate) and naphthylene bis (ditoluyl phosphate).
  • substituents may be the same or different, and may be further substituted.
  • the partial structure of the phosphate ester may be part of the polymer or may be regularly pendant, and may be introduced into part of the molecular structure of additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, and UV absorbers. It may be.
  • additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, and UV absorbers. It may be.
  • phosphoric acid aryl ester and arylene bis (diaryl phosphate) are preferable, and specifically, triphenyl phosphate and phenylene bis (diphenyl phosphate) are preferable.
  • the carbohydrate means a monosaccharide, disaccharide or trisaccharide in which the saccharide is present in the form of pyranose or furanose (6-membered ring or 5-membered ring).
  • Non-limiting examples of carbohydrates include glucose, saccharose, lactose, cellobiose, mannose, xylose, ribose, galactose, arabinose, fructose, sorbose, cellotriose and raffinose.
  • the carbohydrate ester refers to an ester compound formed by dehydration condensation of a hydroxy group of a carbohydrate and a carboxylic acid, and specifically means an aliphatic carboxylic acid ester or an aromatic carboxylic acid ester of a carbohydrate.
  • Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include acetic acid and propionic acid, and examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid include benzoic acid, toluic acid and anisic acid.
  • Carbohydrates have a number of hydroxy groups depending on the type, but even if a portion of the hydroxy group reacts with a carboxylic acid to form an ester compound, the entire hydroxy group reacts with the carboxylic acid to form an ester compound. It may be formed. In the present invention, it is preferred that all of the hydroxy groups react with the carboxylic acid to form an ester compound.
  • carbohydrate ester plasticizer examples include glucose pentaacetate, glucose pentapropionate, glucose pentabtylate, saccharose octaacetate, saccharose octabenzoate and the like.
  • saccharose octaacetate, saccharose Octabenzoate is more preferred, and sucrose octabenzoate is particularly preferred.
  • Monopet SB manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
  • Monopet SOA manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd.
  • Specific examples of the polymer plasticizer include aliphatic hydrocarbon polymers, alicyclic hydrocarbon polymers, and ethyl polyacrylate.
  • Acrylic polymers such as polymethyl methacrylate, copolymers of methyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (eg, any ratio between 1:99 and 99: 1), polyvinyl isobutyl Ethers, vinyl polymers such as poly N-vinyl pyrrolidone, styrene polymers such as polystyrene and poly 4-hydroxystyrene, polybutylene succinate, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, polyethers such as polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide , Polyamide, polyureta , And a polyurea or the like.
  • the number average molecular weight is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 500,000, particularly preferably in the range of 5,000 to 200,000. If it is 1000 or more, the volatility can be reduced, and if it is 500000 or less, the plasticizing ability is high and the mechanical properties of the optical film are good.
  • These polymer plasticizers may be a homopolymer composed of one type of repeating unit or a copolymer having a plurality of repeating structures. Two or more of the above polymers may be used in combination.
  • a matting agent in the optical film according to the present invention, a matting agent can be added in order to impart slipperiness, optical and mechanical functions.
  • the matting agent include inorganic compound fine particles and organic compound fine particles.
  • the shape of the matting agent is preferably a spherical shape, rod shape, needle shape, layer shape, flat plate shape or the like.
  • the matting agent include silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, and calcium phosphate.
  • examples thereof include inorganic fine particles such as oxides, phosphates, silicates, and carbonates, and crosslinked polymer fine particles.
  • silicon dioxide is preferable because it can reduce the haze of the film.
  • These fine particles are preferably surface-treated with an organic substance because the haze of the film can be reduced.
  • the surface treatment is preferably performed with halosilanes, alkoxysilanes, silazane, siloxane, or the like.
  • the average primary particle size of the fine particles is in the range of 0.01 to 1.0 ⁇ m.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the preferred fine particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 50 nm, and more preferably in the range of 7 to 14 nm. These fine particles are preferably used for generating irregularities in the range of 0.01 to 1.0 ⁇ m on the optical film surface.
  • Aerosil 200, 200V, 300, R972, R972V, R974, R202, R812, OX50, TT600, NAX50, etc. manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd. are available.
  • P10, KE-P30, KE-P100, KE-P150 and the like can be mentioned. Aerosil 200V, R972V, NAX50, KE-P30 and KE-P100 are preferable. Two or more kinds of these fine particles may be used in combination.
  • Fine particles having different average particle sizes and materials for example, Aerosil 200V and R972V can be used in a mass ratio of 0.1: 99.9 to 99.9: 0.1.
  • matting agents are preferably added by kneading.
  • a matting agent dispersed in a solvent in advance and a resin and / or plasticizer and / or an antioxidant and / or an ultraviolet absorber are mixed and dispersed, a solid material in which the solvent is volatilized or precipitated is obtained. It is preferable to use this in the process of producing the resin melt from the viewpoint that the matting agent can be uniformly dispersed in the resin.
  • the matting agent can be added to improve the mechanical, electrical and optical properties of the film.
  • the content is preferably 0.001 to 0.002 (acrylic resin and cellulose resin). It is preferably in the range of 5% by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.005 to 1% by mass, and still more preferably in the range of 0.01 to 0.5% by mass.
  • melt casting method examples of the production method for producing the optical film of the present invention include a solution casting method, a melt casting method, a press molding method, an inflation method, an injection molding method, a blow molding method, and a stretch molding method. It is done. Among these, the melt casting method is excellent for obtaining an optical film having excellent mechanical strength, surface accuracy, and the like.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flow sheet showing an example of the overall configuration of an apparatus for carrying out the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged view of a cooling roller portion from a casting die.
  • the manufacturing method of the optical film by this invention is, after mixing film materials, such as a cellulose resin and an acrylic resin, using the extruder 1, it is on the 1st cooling roller 5 from the casting die 4.
  • FIG. While melt-extruding and circumscribing the first cooling roller 5, it is further circumscribed by a total of three cooling rollers, the second cooling roller 7 and the third cooling roller 8, in order to cool and solidify to form a film 10.
  • the film 10 peeled by the peeling roller 9 is stretched in the width direction by holding both ends of the film by the stretching device 12, the film 10 is wound by the winding device 16.
  • a touch roller 6 is provided to clamp the molten film on the surface of the first cooling roller 5 in order to correct the flatness.
  • the touch roller 6 has an elastic surface and forms a nip with the first cooling roller 5. Details of the touch roller 6 will be described later.
  • the conditions for melt extrusion can be carried out in the same manner as the conditions used for other thermoplastic resins such as polyester.
  • the material is preferably dried beforehand. It is desirable to dry the moisture to 1000 ppm by mass or less, preferably 200 ppm by mass or less using a vacuum or reduced pressure dryer or a dehumidifying hot air dryer.
  • a resin dried under hot air, vacuum, or reduced pressure is melted using an extruder 1 at an extrusion temperature within a range of 200 to 300 ° C. and filtered through a leaf disk type filter 2 to remove foreign matters.
  • additives such as plasticizer are not mixed in advance, they may be kneaded in the middle of the extruder. In order to add uniformly, it is preferable to use a mixing apparatus such as a static mixer 3.
  • the resin and other additives that are added as necessary are preferably mixed before melting, and more preferably the resin and the additive are mixed before heating.
  • Mixing may be performed by a mixer or the like, or may be performed in the resin preparation process as described above.
  • a general mixer such as a V-type mixer, a conical screw type mixer, a horizontal cylindrical type mixer, a Henschel mixer, or a ribbon mixer can be used.
  • the mixture may be directly melted using the extruder 1 to form a film, but once the film constituent materials are pelletized, the pellets are extruded.
  • the film may be melted by the machine 1 to form a film.
  • the film constituent material includes a plurality of materials having different melting points, a so-called braided semi-melt is once produced at a temperature at which only a material having a low melting point is melted, and the semi-melt is supplied to the extruder 1. It is also possible to form a film by introducing it.
  • the film component contains a material that is easily pyrolyzed, in order to reduce the number of times of melting, a method of directly forming a film without producing pellets, or after making a paste-like semi-molten material as described above A method of forming a film is preferred.
  • the extruder 1 can use various commercially available extruders, but is preferably a melt-kneading extruder, and may be a single screw extruder or a twin screw extruder.
  • a twin-screw extruder When forming a film directly without producing pellets from a film constituting material, it is preferable to use a twin-screw extruder because an appropriate degree of kneading is required.
  • the screw shape is a Maddock type. By changing to a kneading type screw such as a unimelt type or a dull mage, moderate kneading can be obtained, so that it can be used.
  • a pellet or braided semi-melt When a pellet or braided semi-melt is used as the film constituent material, it can be used in either a single screw extruder or a twin screw extruder.
  • the cooling step in the extruder 1 and after the extrusion is preferably performed by substituting with an inert gas such as nitrogen gas or reducing the pressure to reduce the oxygen concentration.
  • the preferable conditions for the melting temperature of the film constituent material in the extruder 1 vary depending on the viscosity and discharge rate of the film constituent material, the thickness of the sheet to be manufactured, etc., in general, with respect to the glass transition temperature Tg of the film Tg to Tg + 100 ° C., preferably Tg + 10 ° C. to Tg + 90 ° C.
  • the melt viscosity at the time of extrusion is in the range of 1 to 10000 Pa ⁇ s, preferably in the range of 10 to 1000 Pa ⁇ s.
  • the residence time of the film constituting material in the extruder 1 is preferably short, and is within 5 minutes, preferably within 3 minutes, and more preferably within 2 minutes.
  • the residence time depends on the type of the extruder 1 and the extrusion conditions, but can be shortened by adjusting the material supply amount, L / D, screw rotation speed, screw groove depth, and the like. is there.
  • the shape of the screw and the number of rotations of the extruder 1 are appropriately selected depending on the viscosity of the film constituting material, the discharge amount, and the like.
  • the shear rate in the extruder 1 is in the range of 1 / second to 10,000 / second, preferably in the range of 5 / second to 1000 / second, more preferably in the range of 10 / second to 100 / second. is there.
  • the extruder 1 that can be used in the present invention is generally available as a plastic molding machine.
  • the film constituent material extruded from the extruder 1 is sent to the casting die 4 and extruded from the slit of the casting die 4 into a film shape.
  • the casting die 4 is not particularly limited as long as it is used for producing a sheet or a film.
  • the material of the casting die 4 is sprayed or plated with hard chromium, chromium carbide, chromium nitride, titanium carbide, titanium carbonitride, titanium nitride, super steel, ceramic (tungsten carbide, aluminum oxide, chromium oxide), etc. Processing such as buffing, lapping using a # 1000 or higher grinding wheel, plane cutting using a # 1000 or higher diamond grinding wheel (the cutting direction is perpendicular to the resin flow direction), electrolytic polishing, electrolytic composite polishing, etc. And the like.
  • a preferred material for the lip portion of the casting die 4 is the same as that of the casting die 4.
  • the surface accuracy of the lip is preferably 0.5S or less, and more preferably 0.2S or less.
  • the slit of the casting die 4 is configured so that the gap can be adjusted. This is shown in FIG. Of the pair of lips forming the slit 32 of the casting die 4, one is a flexible lip 33 having low rigidity and easily deformed, and the other is a fixed lip 34. A large number of heat bolts 35 are arranged at a constant pitch in the width direction of the casting die 4, that is, in the length direction of the slits 32.
  • Each heat bolt 35 is provided with a block 36 having an embedded electric heater 37 and a cooling medium passage, and each heat bolt 35 penetrates each block 36 vertically.
  • the base of the heat bolt 35 is fixed to the die body 31, and the tip is in contact with the outer surface of the flexible lip 33.
  • the input to the embedded electric heater 37 is increased or decreased to increase or decrease the temperature of the block 36, thereby causing the heat bolt 35 to thermally expand and contract, thereby displacing the flexible lip 33 and thereby increasing the film thickness. adjust.
  • Thickness gauges are installed at the required locations in the wake of the die, and the web thickness information detected by this is fed back to the control device. This thickness information is compared with the set thickness information by the control device, and corrections coming from the device It is also possible to control the power or ON rate of the heat bolt heating element by a control amount signal.
  • the heat bolt preferably has a length within a range of 20 to 40 cm and a diameter within a range of 7 to 14 mm, and a plurality of, for example, several tens of heat bolts are preferably arranged within a range of a pitch of 20 to 40 mm. ing.
  • a gap adjusting member mainly composed of a bolt for adjusting the slit gap by manually moving back and forth in the axial direction may be provided.
  • the slit gap adjusted by the gap adjusting member is usually in the range of 200 to 1000 ⁇ m, preferably in the range of 300 to 800 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 400 to 600 ⁇ m.
  • the first to third cooling rollers are made of seamless steel pipe with a wall thickness in the range of 20 to 30 mm, and the surface is mirror finished. Inside, a pipe for flowing a coolant is arranged so that heat can be absorbed from the film on the roller by the coolant flowing through the pipe.
  • the first cooling roller 5 corresponds to the rotary support according to the present invention.
  • the touch roller 6 in contact with the first cooling roller 5 has an elastic surface and is deformed along the surface of the first cooling roller 5 by the pressing force to the first cooling roller 5. A nip is formed between the two.
  • the touch roller 6 is also called a pinching rotary body.
  • a touch roller disclosed in registered patent 3194904, registered patent 3422798, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-36332, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-36333, or the like can be preferably used. These can also use what is marketed.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a pinching rotator.
  • the schematic cross section of the 1st example (henceforth, touch roller A) of the touch roller 6 is shown.
  • the touch roller A has a flexible metal sleeve 41 with an elastic roller 42 disposed therein.
  • the metal sleeve 41 is made of stainless steel having a thickness of 0.3 mm and has flexibility. If the metal sleeve 41 is too thin, the strength is insufficient, whereas if it is too thick, the elasticity is insufficient. For these reasons, the thickness of the metal sleeve 41 is preferably within the range of 0.1 to 1.5 mm.
  • the elastic roller 42 is formed in a roller shape by providing a rubber 44 on the surface of a metal inner cylinder 43 that is rotatable via a bearing. When the touch roller A is pressed toward the first cooling roller 5, the elastic roller 42 presses the metal sleeve 41 against the first cooling roller 5, and the metal sleep 41 and the elastic roller 42 have the shape of the first cooling roller 5. It deforms corresponding to the familiar shape, and forms a nip with the first cooling roller. Cooling water 45 flows in a space formed between the metal sleeve 41 and the elastic roller 42.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view in a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis showing a second example of a pinching rotating body (a second example of the touch roller 6 (hereinafter referred to as touch roller B)).
  • touch roller B a second example of the touch roller 6
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a plane including a rotation axis showing an example of a second example (touch roller B) of the sandwiching rotary body.
  • the touch roller B includes a flexible, seamless stainless steel pipe (thickness 4 mm) outer cylinder 51, and a high-rigidity metal inner cylinder 52 disposed on the same axis as the inner cylinder 51. It is roughly composed.
  • a coolant 54 flows in the space 53 between the outer cylinder 51 and the inner cylinder 52.
  • outer cylinder support flanges 56a and 56b are attached to the rotating shafts 55a and 55b at both ends, and a thin metal outer cylinder 51 is attached between the outer peripheral portions of the both outer cylinder support flanges 56a and 56b. Yes.
  • a fluid supply pipe 59 is disposed in the same axial center in a fluid discharge hole 58 formed in the axial center portion of one rotary shaft 55a and forming a fluid return passage 57.
  • the fluid supply pipe 59 is thin-walled. It is connected and fixed to a fluid shaft cylinder 60 arranged at the axial center in the metal outer cylinder 51.
  • Inner cylinder support flanges 61a and 61b are attached to both ends of the fluid shaft cylinder 60, respectively, and are within a range of about 15 to 20 mm from between the outer peripheral parts of the inner cylinder support flanges 61a and 61b to the outer cylinder support flange 56b on the other end side.
  • a metal inner cylinder 52 having a certain thickness is attached.
  • a cooling liquid flow space 53 of, for example, about 10 mm is formed between the metal inner cylinder 52 and the thin metal outer cylinder 51, and the metal inner cylinder 52 has a flow space 53 and an inner space near both ends.
  • An outlet 52a and an inlet 52b are formed to communicate with the intermediate passages 62a and 62b outside the cylinder support flanges 61a and 61b, respectively.
  • the outer cylinder 51 is thinned within a range in which the thin cylinder theory of elastic mechanics can be applied in order to have flexibility, flexibility and resilience close to rubber elasticity.
  • the flexibility evaluated by the thin-walled cylinder theory is expressed by the thickness t / roller radius r, and the flexibility increases as t / r decreases.
  • t / r 0.03
  • flexibility is sufficiently obtained particularly when 2 mm ⁇ t ⁇ 5 mm.
  • thinning by machining can be easily performed, which is in a very practical range. If the wall thickness is 2 mm or more, highly accurate processing can be performed by elastic deformation during processing.
  • the touch rollers A and B are urged toward the first cooling roller by urging means (not shown).
  • the urging force of the urging means is F
  • the value F / W (linear pressure) obtained by dividing the width of the film in the nip along the rotation axis of the first cooling roller 5 is 9.8 to 147 N / cm. It is preferable to set within the range.
  • a nip is formed between the touch rollers A and B and the first cooling roller 5, and the flatness of the film is corrected while the film passes through the nip. Therefore, since the touch roller is composed of a rigid body and the nip is not formed between the touch roller and the first cooling roller, the film is sandwiched for a long time with a small linear pressure, so that the flatness can be more reliably corrected. Can do.
  • the linear pressure is 9.8 N / cm or more, the die line can be sufficiently eliminated. Conversely, if the linear pressure is 147 N / cm or less, the film easily passes through the nip, and the film thickness becomes uniform.
  • the surfaces of the touch rollers A and B can be made smoother than when the surfaces of the touch rollers are made of rubber by forming the surfaces of the touch rollers A and B with a metal, a highly smooth film can be obtained. Obtainable.
  • ethylene propylene rubber, neoprene rubber, silicon rubber, or the like can be used as a material of the elastic body 44 of the elastic roller 42.
  • the viscosity of the film when the touch roller 6 sandwiches the film is in an appropriate range.
  • Cellulose resins are known to have a relatively large change in viscosity with temperature.
  • the temperature of the film when the touch roller 6 clamps the film it is preferable to set the temperature of the film when the touch roller 6 clamps the film to an appropriate range.
  • Tg glass transition temperature of the optical film
  • Tg it is preferable to set the temperature T of the film immediately before the film is sandwiched between the touch rollers 6 so as to satisfy Tg ⁇ T ⁇ Tg + 110 ° C.
  • the first cooling roller 5 from the position where the melt extruded from the casting die 4 contacts the first cooling roller 5. What is necessary is just to adjust the length along the rotation direction of the 1st cooling roller 5 to the nip with the touch roller 6.
  • Preferred materials for the first roller 5 and the second roller 6 include carbon steel, stainless steel, resin, and the like.
  • the surface accuracy is preferably high, and the surface roughness is preferably 0.3 S or less, more preferably 0.01 S or less.
  • the reduced pressure is in the range of 50 to 70 kPa.
  • the suction device is preferably subjected to a treatment such as heating with a heater so that the device itself does not become a place where the sublimate is attached. In the present invention, if the suction pressure is too small, the sublimate cannot be sucked effectively.
  • a molten film-like resin from the T-die 4 is cooled and solidified while being conveyed in close contact with the first roller (first cooling roller) 5, the second cooling roller 7, and the third cooling roller 8.
  • the unstretched film 10 is obtained.
  • the cooled and solidified unstretched film 10 peeled from the third cooling roller 8 by the peeling roller 9 is guided to a stretching machine 12 via a dancer roller (film tension adjusting roller) 11. Therefore, the film 10 is stretched in the transverse direction (width direction) as necessary. By this stretching, the molecules in the film are oriented.
  • a known tenter or the like can be preferably used as a method for stretching the film in the width direction.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg of the film constituting material can be controlled by varying the material type constituting the film and the ratio of the constituting material.
  • Tg is preferably 120 ° C. or higher, preferably 135 ° C. or higher.
  • the temperature environment of the film changes due to the temperature rise of the device itself, for example, the temperature rise derived from the light source.
  • the retardation value derived from the orientation state of the molecules fixed inside the film by stretching and the dimensional shape as the film do not significantly change, and stable performance. Indicates.
  • Tg is preferably 250 ° C. or lower. If the Tg of the film is 250 ° C. or lower, the temperature can be kept low when the film constituent material is made into a film, the energy consumption for heating can be reduced, and the material itself can be decomposed or made into a film. The coloring by does not occur.
  • known heat setting conditions, cooling, and relaxation treatment may be performed, and it may be appropriately adjusted so as to have characteristics required for the target optical film.
  • a polarizing plate When using the optical film of this invention as a protective film for polarizing plates, a polarizing plate can be produced by a general method. It is preferable that an adhesive layer is provided on the back side of the optical film of the present invention, and is bonded to at least one surface of a polarizer produced by immersion and stretching in an iodine solution.
  • the optical film of the present invention may be used, or another polarizing plate protective film may be used.
  • a commercially available cellulose ester film for example, Konica Minoltack KC8UX, KC4UX, KC5UX, KC8UY, KC4UY, KC12UR, KC8UCR-3, KC8UCR-4, KC8UCR-5, KC8UE, KC4FR-4, KC4FR-3, KC4FR-3, KC4FR-4 -1, KC8UY-HA, KC8UX-RHA, KC6UA-W or higher, manufactured by Konica Minolta Advanced Layer Co., Ltd.) and the like are preferably used.
  • the thickness of the opposing film is preferably in the range of 20 to 60 ⁇ m. If it is 20 micrometers or more, the intensity
  • a polarizer which is a main component of a polarizing plate, is an element that allows only light of a plane of polarization in a certain direction to pass.
  • a typical polarizer currently known is a polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film, which is polyvinyl alcohol.
  • iodine is dyed on a system film and one in which dichroic dye is dyed.
  • the polarizer is formed by forming a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution into a film and dyeing the film by uniaxial stretching or dyeing or uniaxially stretching, and then performing a durability treatment with a boron compound.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a storage elastic modulus at 25 ° C. in the range of 1.0 ⁇ 10 4 to 1.0 ⁇ 10 9 Pa in at least a part of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is used.
  • a curable pressure-sensitive adhesive that forms a high molecular weight body or a crosslinked structure by various chemical reactions after the pressure-sensitive adhesive is applied and bonded is suitably used.
  • urethane adhesives examples include, for example, urethane adhesives, epoxy adhesives, aqueous polymer-isocyanate adhesives, curable adhesives such as thermosetting acrylic adhesives, moisture-curing urethane adhesives, polyether methacrylate types
  • curable adhesives such as thermosetting acrylic adhesives, moisture-curing urethane adhesives, polyether methacrylate types
  • anaerobic pressure-sensitive adhesives such as ester-based methacrylate type and oxidized polyether methacrylate, cyanoacrylate-based instantaneous pressure-sensitive adhesives, and acrylate-peroxide-based two-component instantaneous pressure-sensitive adhesives.
  • the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive may be a one-component type or a type in which two or more components are mixed before use.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive may be a solvent system using an organic solvent as a medium, or an aqueous system such as an emulsion type, a colloidal dispersion type, or an aqueous solution type that is a medium containing water as a main component. It may be a solvent type.
  • concentration of the pressure-sensitive adhesive solution may be appropriately determined depending on the film thickness after adhesion, the coating method, the coating conditions, and the like, and is usually in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass.
  • polarizing plate bonded with the optical film of the present invention into a liquid crystal display device, it is possible to produce various liquid crystal display devices with excellent visibility, but particularly outdoors such as large liquid crystal display devices and digital signage. It is preferably used for a liquid crystal display device for use.
  • the polarizing plate according to the present invention is preferably bonded to a liquid crystal cell via the adhesive layer or the like.
  • the polarizing plate according to the present invention is a reflective type, transmissive type, transflective LCD or TN type, STN type, OCB type, HAN type, VA type (PVA type, MVA type), IPS type (including FFS type), etc.
  • IPS type in which a hue change due to a viewing angle is small.
  • a large-screen display device having a screen of 30 or more, especially 30 to 54 there is no white spot at the periphery of the screen and the effect is maintained for a long time.
  • Tables 1 and 2 show the monomer composition ratio of the acrylic resin.
  • the acrylic resins shown in Table 1 and Table 2 were synthesized by known methods.
  • MMA represents methyl methacrylate
  • ACMO represents acryloylmorpholine
  • VP represents N-vinylpyrrolidone.
  • the following acrylic resins A to C3 were synthesized by a known method.
  • Acrylic Resin A 100 parts by mass Sumilizer GS (Specific Example of Compound of Carbon Radical Scavenger I-10 ; Manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass IRGANOX 1010 (antioxidant; manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.5 parts by mass GSY-P101 (antioxidant; manufactured by Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass Acetylacetonate copper (II) (organic copper compound) 0.0208 parts by mass (copper (acetylacetonate)
  • the copper ion content of II) is 24.28% by mass, and the copper ion content in 0.0208 parts by mass of copper (II) acetylacetonate is 0.00505 parts by mass. (The copper ion content is 50 ppm by mass.)
  • the above mixture was melt-mixed at 230 ° C. using a twin-screw extruder and pelletized.
  • the heat bolt was adjusted so that the gap width of the casting die 4 was 0.5 mm within 30 mm from the end in the width direction of the film and 1 mm at other locations.
  • Touch roller A was used as a touch roller, and 80 ° C. water was allowed to flow as cooling water therein.
  • the length along the peripheral surface of the roller 5 was set to 20 mm.
  • the touch roller 6 was separated from the first cooling roller 5, and the temperature T of the melted part immediately before being pressed between the first cooling roller 5 and the nip between the touch roller 6 was measured.
  • the temperature T of the melted portion immediately before being squeezed by the nip between the first cooling roller 5 and the touch roller 6 is a position 1 mm upstream from the nip upstream end P2, and a thermometer (an independent meter). This was measured by HA-200E). As a result of the measurement in this example, the temperature T was 141 ° C.
  • the linear pressure of the touch roller 6 against the first cooling roller 5 was 14.7 N / cm. Furthermore, after being introduced into a tenter and stretched 1.3 times at 160 ° C in the width direction, it was cooled to 30 ° C while relaxing 3% in the width direction, then released from the clip, the clip gripping part was cut off, and both ends of the film was subjected to a knurling process having a width of 10 mm and a height of 5 ⁇ m, and wound on a winding core with a winding tension of 220 N / m and a taper of 40%, to produce an optical film 101.
  • the extrusion amount and the take-up speed were adjusted so that the optical film 101 had a thickness of 30 ⁇ m, and the finished film width was slit and wound so that the width was 1430 mm.
  • the winding core had an inner diameter of 152 mm, an outer diameter of 165 to 180 mm, and a length of 1550 mm.
  • Optical films 102 to 136 were similarly prepared except that the acrylic resin, cellulose resin, organic copper compound, and film thickness were changed as shown in Tables 1 and 2 in the production of the optical film 101.
  • the copper addition amount of Table 1 and Table 2 represents the content rate of the copper ion with respect to the mass of an optical film in mass ppm, and the copper addition amount of Table 1 and Table 2, and the organic copper shown below
  • the addition amount of the organic copper compound was determined from the copper content in the compound.
  • the addition amount of the cellulose resin of Table 1 and Table 2 represents the content rate (mass%) of a cellulose resin when the total resin is 100 mass%.
  • ⁇ : YI is 0.8 or less and no coloration is visually observed
  • ⁇ : YI is in the range of 0.8 to 1.0 and no coloration is visually observed
  • ⁇ : YI is 1 or more, or visual coloration (retardation value)
  • the in-plane retardation value Ro and the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction were measured at a light wavelength of 590 nm in a 23 ° C./55% RH environment by the method described in the section (Measurement Method of Retardation Value). The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2.
  • Example 2 ⁇ Preparation of polarizing plate> Polarizing plates 101 to 136 using the optical films 101 to 136 produced in Example 1 were produced as follows.
  • a 120- ⁇ m-thick long roll polyvinyl alcohol film was immersed in 100 parts by mass of an aqueous solution containing 1 part by mass of iodine and 4 parts by mass of boric acid, and stretched in the transport direction 5 times at 50 ° C. to produce a polarizer.
  • the optical films 101 to 136 were each subjected to corona discharge treatment and bonded to one side of the polarizer using an acrylic adhesive.
  • Konica Minolta Advanced Layer Co., Ltd. manufactured by Konica Minolta Advanced Layer KC6UA-W (thickness 60 ⁇ m) was laminated using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive. It dried and produced the polarizing plates 101-136.
  • a liquid crystal display device was produced using each of the produced polarizing plates 101 to 136.
  • a liquid crystal cell having glass on both sides was prepared by peeling off the polarizing plate attached to both sides of the liquid crystal panel of 42 type liquid crystal television (VIERA TH-L42G3) manufactured by Panasonic Corporation.
  • the polarizing plates 101 to 136 thus prepared are arranged in such a manner that the optical film is on the glass surface side of the liquid crystal cell and the absorption axis is oriented in the same direction as the polarizing plate previously bonded.
  • the liquid crystal display devices 101 to 136 were produced by bonding to both surfaces.
  • the viewing angle characteristic is preferably ⁇ level or higher, and more preferably ⁇ , but if it is ⁇ level or higher, there is no practical problem.
  • the screen of the liquid crystal display device was allowed to emit white light, the emission spectrum of the screen was measured using a spectrocolorimeter CM-2500d (manufactured by Konica Minolta Optics), and tristimulus values X, Y, and Z were calculated. From these tristimulus values X, Y, and Z, a yellow index YI was calculated based on JIS-K7103. Moreover, visual observation was also performed and the following evaluation criteria evaluated.
  • ⁇ : YI is 0.8 or less and no coloration is visually observed
  • ⁇ : YI is in the range of 0.8 to 1.0 and no coloration is visually observed
  • ⁇ : YI is Table 3 shows the results of one or more or visually recognized coloring.
  • Table 3 shows that the hue of the screen when the liquid crystal display device displays white is improved by adding copper ions. It can also be seen that the viewing angle characteristics are improved when the acrylic resin has an amide group, and the viewing angle characteristics are improved when the cellulose resin is added. Further, it was found that the liquid crystal display device 112 of the liquid crystal display devices having a white display hue of “ ⁇ ” was visually colored blue.
  • the optical film of the present invention Since the optical film of the present invention has high strength, high transparency, and no coloration, it can be applied to reproduce a high-quality image on a large liquid crystal display device. Can be manufactured. In addition, since the optical film of the present invention has a small phase difference, the color does not change depending on the viewing direction when it is applied to an IPS liquid crystal display device, and can be applied to a high-quality image display device.

Abstract

 Provided are an optical film which is strong and which does not exhibit yellow coloration even if manufactured by means of melt casting, and a manufacturing method for the optical film. Also provided are a liquid crystal display device which does not become yellow during white display time, and which has excellent viewing angle properties even when kept in a hot and humid environment, and a polarizing plate which is used in the liquid crystal display device. The optical film according to the present invention contains an acrylic resin and copper ions, and is characterised in that the amount of copper ions included is within the range of 20-100 mass% relative to the optical film.

Description

光学フィルム、光学フィルムの製造方法、偏光板及び液晶表示装置Optical film, optical film manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
 本発明は、光学フィルム、その製造方法、偏光板及び液晶表示装置に関し、特にIPS方式の液晶表示装置に好適に用いられ、強度が高く、着色の改善された光学フィルム、その製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an optical film, a manufacturing method thereof, a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device, and more particularly to an optical film which is suitably used for an IPS liquid crystal display device and has high strength and improved coloring, and a manufacturing method thereof.
 液晶表示装置は、液晶テレビやパソコンの液晶ディスプレイ等の用途で、需要が拡大している。通常、液晶表示装置は、透明電極、液晶層、カラーフィルター等をガラス板で挟み込んだ液晶セルと、その両側に設けられた2枚の偏光板で構成されており、それぞれの偏光板は、偏光子(偏光膜、偏光フィルムともいう。)が2枚の光学フィルム(偏光板保護フィルムともいう。)で挟まれた構成となっている。この偏光板保護フィルムとしては、通常、セルローストリアセテートフィルムが用いられている。 Demand for liquid crystal display devices is expanding for applications such as liquid crystal televisions and personal computer liquid crystal displays. In general, a liquid crystal display device is composed of a liquid crystal cell in which a transparent electrode, a liquid crystal layer, a color filter, etc. are sandwiched between glass plates, and two polarizing plates provided on both sides thereof. The element (also referred to as a polarizing film or a polarizing film) is sandwiched between two optical films (also referred to as a polarizing plate protective film). As this polarizing plate protective film, a cellulose triacetate film is usually used.
 このような液晶表示装置としては、広い視野角を有することが求められており、視野角による色相変化が小さいIPS方式が注目されている。このIPS方式の場合、電圧を掛けないとき、液晶が画面に平行に配向し、電圧を掛けたとき、液晶が画面に平行な平面内で回転するため、正面と斜めで位相差変化が小さく、偏光子と液晶セルとの間の光学フィルムに位相差(Rt)があると、光学フィルムの位相差によって正面と斜めで色が変わってしまうため、光学フィルムは位相差を有しないことが求められている。 Such a liquid crystal display device is required to have a wide viewing angle, and attention is paid to an IPS system in which a hue change due to the viewing angle is small. In the case of this IPS system, when no voltage is applied, the liquid crystal is aligned parallel to the screen, and when the voltage is applied, the liquid crystal rotates in a plane parallel to the screen, so that the change in phase difference between the front and the diagonal is small. If there is a phase difference (Rt) in the optical film between the polarizer and the liquid crystal cell, the optical film changes its color in front and obliquely due to the phase difference of the optical film, so the optical film is required to have no phase difference. ing.
 また、液晶表示装置を高温高湿下で保存すると、光学フィルムに位相差が生じ、視野角が劣化する方向に変動する。そのため、高温高湿下で保存しても、光学フィルムに位相差が生じず、液晶表示装置の視野角が劣化しないことが求められている。 In addition, when the liquid crystal display device is stored under high temperature and high humidity, a phase difference occurs in the optical film, and the viewing angle changes in a direction that deteriorates. For this reason, even when stored under high temperature and high humidity, there is a demand for a phase difference in the optical film that does not deteriorate the viewing angle of the liquid crystal display device.
 一方、近年の技術の進歩により、液晶表示装置の大型化が加速するとともに、液晶表示装置の用途が多様化している。例えば、街頭や店頭に設置される大型ディスプレイとしての利用や、デジタルサイネージと呼ばれる表示機器を用いた公共の場における広告用ディスプレイへの利用等が挙げられる。 On the other hand, due to recent technological advances, the enlargement of liquid crystal display devices has accelerated, and the applications of liquid crystal display devices have diversified. For example, it can be used as a large display installed in a street or a store, or used as an advertising display in a public place using a display device called digital signage.
 このような用途においては、屋外での利用が想定されるため、偏光フィルムの吸湿による劣化が問題になり、偏光板保護フィルムにはより高い耐湿性が求められている。しかしながら、従来用いられているセルローストリアセテートフィルム等のセルロースエステルフィルムでは十分な耐湿性を得ることは困難であり、耐湿性を得るために厚膜化すると光学的な影響が大きくなるという問題があった。更には、近年は装置の薄型化も求められているため、偏光板自体が厚くなることも問題となった。 In such applications, since it is assumed to be used outdoors, deterioration due to moisture absorption of the polarizing film becomes a problem, and the polarizing plate protective film is required to have higher moisture resistance. However, it has been difficult to obtain sufficient moisture resistance with cellulose ester films such as cellulose triacetate films that have been used in the past, and there has been a problem that the optical effect increases when the film thickness is increased in order to obtain moisture resistance. . Furthermore, in recent years, there has been a demand for thinning of the apparatus, so that the thickness of the polarizing plate itself has also become a problem.
 一方、低吸湿性の光学フィルム材料として、アクリル樹脂の代表であるポリメチルメタクリレート(以下、PMMAと略す。)は、低吸湿性に加え、優れた透明性や寸法安定性を示すことから、光学フィルムに好適に用いられていた。 On the other hand, polymethyl methacrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “PMMA”), which is a representative of acrylic resin, as an optical film material having low hygroscopicity, exhibits excellent transparency and dimensional stability in addition to low hygroscopicity. It was used suitably for the film.
 しかしながら、上述のように液晶表示装置が大型化し、フィルム原反の幅は広く、巻長は長くすることが要望されている。そのため、フィルム原反は幅広となっているが、脆性の改善が不十分なため加工性が悪く、大型の液晶表示装置に用いられる光学フィルムを製造するためには取扱い性が十分ではなかった。 However, as described above, the liquid crystal display device is increased in size, and the width of the original film is wide and the winding length is required to be long. Therefore, although the film original is wide, workability is poor due to insufficient improvement in brittleness, and handling properties are not sufficient for producing an optical film used for a large liquid crystal display device.
 耐湿性や加工性を改善するための技術として、セルロース樹脂とアクリル樹脂を有する高分子の混合組成物を押出成型法により製造する技術も提案されている(特許文献1参照)。しかしながら、この方法において提案されている押出成型法で種々の二つの樹脂を混ぜて溶融流延により製膜してみたところ、混合された樹脂成分によっては相溶性が十分ではないと推定される場合が発生し、ヘイズが高く、透明性が不十分となり、光学フィルムとして使用した場合は、画像のコントラストが低下する問題があった。また、光学フィルムを長期間保存すると、黄色に着色する傾向が見られた。 As a technique for improving moisture resistance and processability, a technique for producing a mixed composition of a polymer having a cellulose resin and an acrylic resin by an extrusion molding method has also been proposed (see Patent Document 1). However, when various two resins are mixed by the extrusion method proposed in this method and film formation is performed by melt casting, it is estimated that the compatibility is not sufficient depending on the mixed resin components. Occurs, the haze is high, the transparency is insufficient, and when used as an optical film, there is a problem that the contrast of the image is lowered. In addition, when the optical film was stored for a long time, a tendency to yellow was observed.
 セルロース樹脂とアクリル系樹脂との相溶性を向上し透明度の高い光学フィルムを提供するために、アミド基を有するアクリル系樹脂を添加する技術が提案されている(特許文献2参照)。しかし、アミド基を有するアクリル系樹脂は、溶融流延において、溶融状態を高温で保持しなければならず、黄色に着色する。また、セルロース誘導体に、アミド基を有するアクリル樹脂を添加して製造した光学フィルムは、溶融流延において、アミド基を有しないアクリル樹脂とセルロース樹脂を用いたときより、更に黄色の着色が激しくなり、この光学フィルムを用いた液晶表示装置の画質が劣化することが問題となった。 In order to improve the compatibility between the cellulose resin and the acrylic resin and to provide a highly transparent optical film, a technique of adding an acrylic resin having an amide group has been proposed (see Patent Document 2). However, an acrylic resin having an amide group must be kept in a molten state at a high temperature in melt casting, and is colored yellow. In addition, an optical film produced by adding an acrylic resin having an amide group to a cellulose derivative has a more intense yellow coloring in the melt casting than when an acrylic resin and a cellulose resin having no amide group are used. Therefore, there has been a problem that the image quality of the liquid crystal display device using this optical film is deteriorated.
 また、近年液晶表示装置の薄型化にともない、光学フィルムは、ますます薄膜化が求められており、そのために、更なるフィルムの強度を向上することが望まれていた。 Also, in recent years, with the thinning of liquid crystal display devices, there has been a demand for thinner optical films. For this reason, it has been desired to further improve the film strength.
特開2008-88417号公報JP 2008-88417 A 特開2011-248094号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011-248094
 本発明は、上記問題・状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、その解決課題は、高い強度を有し、溶融流延により製造されても、黄色着色しない光学フィルムとその製造方法を提供することである。また、白表示時に黄色にならず、高温高湿環境で保存されても、視野角特性が良好である液晶表示装置及び該液晶表示装置に用いる偏光板を提供することである。 The present invention has been made in view of the above-described problems and circumstances, and its solution is to provide an optical film having high strength and not yellow-colored even when manufactured by melt casting and a method for manufacturing the same. It is. Another object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display device that does not turn yellow during white display and has good viewing angle characteristics even when stored in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, and a polarizing plate used in the liquid crystal display device.
 本発明者は、上記課題を解決すべく、上記問題の原因等について検討する過程において、アクリル系樹脂を含有する光学フィルムに、銅イオンを20~100質量ppmの範囲内で添加することにより、強度、着色及び高温高湿下で保存したときの視野角特性が改善されることを見いだし本発明に至った。 In order to solve the above problems, the present inventor added copper ions in the range of 20 to 100 mass ppm to the optical film containing the acrylic resin in the process of examining the cause of the above problems, etc. The inventors have found that the viewing angle characteristics when stored under high strength, coloring, and high temperature and high humidity are improved, and the present invention has been achieved.
 すなわち、本発明に係る上記課題は、以下の手段により解決される。 That is, the above-mentioned problem according to the present invention is solved by the following means.
 1.アクリル系樹脂及び銅イオンを含有する光学フィルムであって、該銅イオンの含有量が、該光学フィルムに対し20~100質量ppmの範囲内であることを特徴とする光学フィルム。 1. An optical film comprising an acrylic resin and copper ions, wherein the content of the copper ions is in the range of 20 to 100 ppm by mass with respect to the optical film.
 2.前記アクリル系樹脂が、アミド基を有することを特徴とする第1項に記載の光学フィルム。 2. 2. The optical film according to item 1, wherein the acrylic resin has an amide group.
 3.セルロース樹脂を含有することを特徴とする第1項又は第2項に記載の光学フィルム。 3. The optical film according to item 1 or 2, which contains a cellulose resin.
 4.膜厚が、10~45μmの範囲内であることを特徴とする第1項から第3項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム。 4. 4. The optical film according to any one of items 1 to 3, wherein the film thickness is in the range of 10 to 45 μm.
 5.第1項から第4項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムを製造する光学フィルムの製造方法であって、前記銅イオンが、グルコン酸銅又はアセチルアセトナート銅として添加されることを特徴とする光学フィルムの製造方法。 5. It is a manufacturing method of the optical film which manufactures the optical film as described in any one of Claim 1 to 4, Comprising: The said copper ion is added as copper gluconate or acetylacetonate copper, It is characterized by the above-mentioned. A method for producing an optical film.
 6.第1項から第4項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムを製造する光学フィルムの製造方法であって、溶融流延法により製膜することを特徴とする光学フィルムの製造方法。 6. An optical film manufacturing method for manufacturing the optical film according to any one of items 1 to 4, wherein the optical film is formed by a melt casting method.
 7.第1項から第4項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムが具備されていることを特徴とする偏光板。 7. A polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to any one of items 1 to 4.
 8.第1項から第4項までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム、偏光子及び対向フィルムをこの順に有し、該対向フィルムがセルロース樹脂を含有し、該対向フィルムの厚さが20~60μmの範囲内であることを特徴とする偏光板。 8. The optical film according to any one of items 1 to 4, a polarizer, and a counter film are provided in this order, the counter film contains a cellulose resin, and the thickness of the counter film is 20 to 60 μm. A polarizing plate characterized by being in the range of.
 9.第7項又は第8項に記載の偏光板が具備されていることを特徴とする液晶表示装置。 9. A liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to item 7 or 8.
 本発明の上記手段により、高い強度を有し、溶融流延により製造されても、黄色着色しない光学フィルムとその製造方法を提供することができる。また、白表示時に黄色にならず、高温高湿環境で保存されても、視野角特性が良好である液晶表示装置及び該液晶表示装置に用いる偏光板を提供することができる。 The above-mentioned means of the present invention can provide an optical film having high strength and not yellow-colored even when manufactured by melt casting and a method for manufacturing the same. In addition, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device having favorable viewing angle characteristics even when stored in a high temperature and high humidity environment and a polarizing plate used for the liquid crystal display device, even when white display is not performed.
 本発明の効果の発現機構ないし作用機構については、明確にはなっていないが、以下のように推察している。 The expression mechanism or action mechanism of the effect of the present invention is not clear, but is presumed as follows.
 アクリル系樹脂が高温で加熱したときに、分解して黄色の着色物質を形成するのを、銅イオンがアクリル系樹脂の官能基とキレートを形成することにより、防止していると考えられる。特に、アクリル系樹脂がアミド基を有する場合は、銅イオンとアミド基との結合が強いため、一層、銅イオンによる着色防止の効果が大きいと考えられる。また、銅の2価のイオンは青みを帯びているので、樹脂の分解により生じた黄色の着色を打ち消すことも有利に働いていると考えられる。また、銅イオンとアクリル系樹脂が結合することにより強度が向上し、アクリル系樹脂の脆性を改善することができると考えられる。 It is considered that when the acrylic resin is heated at a high temperature, it decomposes to form a yellow colored substance by forming a chelate with a functional group of the acrylic resin. In particular, when the acrylic resin has an amide group, since the bond between the copper ion and the amide group is strong, it is considered that the effect of preventing coloration by the copper ion is even greater. Further, since the divalent copper ions are bluish, it is considered that canceling out the yellow coloring caused by the decomposition of the resin is also advantageous. Moreover, it is thought that the strength is improved by bonding the copper ions and the acrylic resin, and the brittleness of the acrylic resin can be improved.
本発明に係る光学フィルムの製造方法を実施する製造装置の一つの実施形態を示す概略フローシートSchematic flow sheet showing one embodiment of a production apparatus for carrying out the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention 図1の製造装置の主要部拡大フローシート1 is an enlarged flow sheet of the main part of the manufacturing apparatus of FIG. 流延ダイの主要部の外観図External view of main parts of casting die 流延ダイの主要部の断面図Cross section of the main part of the casting die 挟圧回転体(タッチローラーともいう。)の第1実施形態の断面図Sectional drawing of 1st Embodiment of a pinching rotary body (it is also called a touch roller). 挟圧回転体の第2実施形態の回転軸に垂直な平面での断面図Sectional drawing in the plane perpendicular | vertical to the rotating shaft of 2nd Embodiment of a pinching rotary body 挟圧回転体の第2実施形態の回転軸を含む平面での断面図Sectional drawing in the plane containing the rotating shaft of 2nd Embodiment of a pinching rotary body
 本発明の光学フィルムは、アクリル系樹脂を含有し、該光学フィルムに対し20~100質量ppmの範囲内の銅イオンを含有することを特徴とする。この特徴は、請求項1から請求項9までの請求項に係る発明に共通する技術的特徴である。 The optical film of the present invention is characterized by containing an acrylic resin and containing copper ions in a range of 20 to 100 ppm by mass with respect to the optical film. This feature is a technical feature common to the inventions according to claims 1 to 9.
 本発明の実施態様としては、本発明の効果発現の観点から、前記アクリル系樹脂が、アミド基を有することが好ましい。また、セルロース樹脂を含有することが、光学フィルムの強度を向上し、視野角特性を改善する効果が得られることから、好ましい。 As an embodiment of the present invention, it is preferable that the acrylic resin has an amide group from the viewpoint of manifesting the effects of the present invention. Moreover, it is preferable to contain a cellulose resin because the effects of improving the strength of the optical film and improving the viewing angle characteristics can be obtained.
 さらに、本発明の光学フィルムにおいては、膜厚が10~45μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。これにより、着色防止及び強度の向上の効果が得られる。 Furthermore, in the optical film of the present invention, the film thickness is preferably in the range of 10 to 45 μm. Thereby, the effect of preventing coloring and improving the strength is obtained.
 本発明の光学フィルムの製造方法としては、銅イオンが、グルコン酸銅又はアセチルアセトナート銅として添加されることが、アクリル系樹脂と銅イオンが均一に混合され、着色防止効果が向上することから好ましい。 As a method for producing the optical film of the present invention, copper ions are added as copper gluconate or acetylacetonate copper, since the acrylic resin and copper ions are uniformly mixed, and the anti-coloring effect is improved. preferable.
 また、光学フィルムが溶融流延法により製造される場合、製造工程で高熱にさらされるので、本発明の着色防止効果の効果が一層顕著になることから、本発明の光学フィルムは、溶融流延法で製膜されることが好ましい。 In addition, when the optical film is produced by the melt casting method, since it is exposed to high heat in the production process, the effect of the anti-coloring effect of the present invention becomes more remarkable. The film is preferably formed by the method.
 本発明の光学フィルムは、偏光板及びそれを用いた液晶表示装置に好適に具備され得る。また、光学フィルム、偏光子及び対向フィルムをこの順に有する偏光板であって、該対向フィルムがセルロース樹脂を含有し厚さが20~60μmの範囲内である偏光板は、特に強度が高く、反りにくいことから好ましい。 The optical film of the present invention can be suitably included in a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate. Further, a polarizing plate having an optical film, a polarizer and a counter film in this order, wherein the counter film contains a cellulose resin and has a thickness in the range of 20 to 60 μm, has particularly high strength and warpage. It is preferable because it is difficult.
 以下、本発明とその構成要素、及び本発明を実施するための形態・態様について詳細な説明をする。なお、本願において、「~」は、その前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用する。 Hereinafter, the present invention, its components, and modes and modes for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail. In the present application, “˜” is used to mean that the numerical values described before and after it are included as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
 <光学フィルム>
 本発明において、「光学フィルム」とは、液晶ディスプレイ、プラズマディスプレイ、有機ELディスプレイ等の各種表示装置に用いられる機能フィルムのことであり、詳しくは液晶表示装置用の偏光板保護フィルム、位相差フィルム、反射防止フィルム、輝度向上フィルム、ハードコートフィルム、防眩フィルム、帯電防止フィルム、視野角拡大等の光学補償フィルム等を含む。
<Optical film>
In the present invention, the “optical film” is a functional film used for various display devices such as a liquid crystal display, a plasma display, and an organic EL display, and more specifically, a polarizing plate protective film and a retardation film for a liquid crystal display device. , An antireflection film, a brightness enhancement film, a hard coat film, an antiglare film, an antistatic film, an optical compensation film for expanding the viewing angle, and the like.
 本発明の光学フィルムは、偏光板保護フィルム(機能性層を付与した偏光板保護フィルムを含む。)に好ましく用いられる。偏光板保護フィルムとして用いられる光学フィルムは、リターデーション値が0に近いことが好ましい。 The optical film of the present invention is preferably used for a polarizing plate protective film (including a polarizing plate protective film provided with a functional layer). The optical film used as the polarizing plate protective film preferably has a retardation value close to zero.
 (リターデーション値の測定方法)
 リターデーションRo、Rtは下記式により求められる。
(Measurement method of retardation value)
Retardation Ro and Rt are calculated | required by a following formula.
 式(i) Ro=(n-n)×d
 式(ii) Rt=((n+n)/2-n)×d
(式中、nはフィルム面内の遅相軸方向の屈折率、nはフィルム面内の進相軸方向の屈折率、nはフィルムの厚さ方向の屈折率(屈折率は23℃、55%RHの環境下、波長590nmで測定)、dはフィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。)
 光学フィルムの屈折率は、アッベ屈折率計(4T)を用いて、フィルムの厚さは市販のマイクロメーターを用いて、リターデーション値は、自動複屈折計KOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器(株)製)等を用いて、各々測定することができる。
Formula (i) Ro = (n x -n y) × d
Formula (ii) Rt = ((n x + n y ) / 2−n z ) × d
(Wherein, n x is a refractive index in a slow axis direction in the film plane, n y is the fast axis direction of the refractive index in the film plane, n z is the thickness direction of the refractive index (refractive index of the film 23 (Measured at a wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of 55 ° C. and 55% RH), d represents the thickness (nm) of the film.)
The refractive index of the optical film is an Abbe refractometer (4T), the thickness of the film is a commercially available micrometer, and the retardation value is an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (Oji Scientific Instruments) Etc.) can be used for measurement.
 本発明の光学フィルムは、アクリル系樹脂及び銅イオンを含有する。 The optical film of the present invention contains an acrylic resin and copper ions.
 本発明の光学フィルムの膜厚は、10~45μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。10ミクロン以上であれば、裂けやすさを回避でき、取り扱い性がよく、45μm以下であれば、長期間保存による黄色の着色も目立ちにくく、製造コストを抑えることができ、また薄膜化の市場の要望に沿えるからである。 The film thickness of the optical film of the present invention is preferably in the range of 10 to 45 μm. If it is 10 microns or more, it is easy to tear, and it is easy to handle. If it is 45 μm or less, yellow coloring due to long-term storage is not noticeable, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced. This is because it meets the demand.
 <アクリル系樹脂>
 本発明に用いられるアクリル系樹脂には、メタクリル樹脂も含まれる。樹脂としては特に制限されるものではないが、メチルメタアクリレートを共重合成分の一つとする共重合体であることが好ましい。
<Acrylic resin>
The acrylic resin used in the present invention includes a methacrylic resin. Although it does not restrict | limit especially as resin, It is preferable that it is a copolymer which uses methyl methacrylate as one of the copolymerization components.
 また、前記アクリル系樹脂は、アミド基を有するアクリル系樹脂であることが、光学フィルムのリターデーション値が小さいことと、強度が高いことから好ましい。 Further, the acrylic resin is preferably an acrylic resin having an amide group because the retardation value of the optical film is small and the strength is high.
 <アミド基を有するアクリル系樹脂>
 本発明の光学フィルムは、アミド基を有するアクリル系樹脂を含有することが好ましい。アクリル系樹脂が、アミド基を有することにより、セルロース樹脂との親和性に優れ、セルロース樹脂との相溶性に優れるため、ヘイズを低く抑えることができ、透明性も良好である。
<Acrylic resin having an amide group>
The optical film of the present invention preferably contains an acrylic resin having an amide group. Since the acrylic resin has an amide group, it has excellent affinity with the cellulose resin and excellent compatibility with the cellulose resin, so that haze can be suppressed low and transparency is also good.
 アミド基を有するアクリル系樹脂は、アミド基を有する共重合成分とアクリル系の共重合成分との共重合により合成されることが好ましい。 The acrylic resin having an amide group is preferably synthesized by copolymerization of a copolymer component having an amide group and an acrylic copolymer component.
 アミド基を有する共重合成分としては、N-ビニルピロリドン(VP)、N-ビニル-2-メチルピロリドン、アクリロイルモルホリン(ACMO)、アクリロイル-2-メチルモルフォリン、ジメチルアクリルアミド(DMAA)、ビニルアセトアミドなどが挙げられ、特に、N-ビニルピロリドン及びアクリロイルモルホリンが好ましい。 Examples of copolymer components having amide groups include N-vinylpyrrolidone (VP), N-vinyl-2-methylpyrrolidone, acryloylmorpholine (ACMO), acryloyl-2-methylmorpholine, dimethylacrylamide (DMAA), vinylacetamide, etc. In particular, N-vinylpyrrolidone and acryloylmorpholine are preferable.
 前記アミド基を有するアクリル系樹脂の共重合比率は、アミド構造を有する共重合成分が、ポリマーを構成する共重合成分全体の5~50質量%の範囲内であることが好ましく、10~40質量%の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 The copolymerization ratio of the acrylic resin having an amide group is preferably such that the copolymer component having an amide structure is in the range of 5 to 50% by mass of the total copolymer components constituting the polymer. % Is more preferable.
 特に光学フィルムとしての脆性の改善及びセルロース樹脂と相溶した際の透明性の改善の観点で、前記アミド基を有するアクリル系樹脂の数平均分子量(Mn)は60,000~400,000の範囲内程度が好ましく、80,000~300,000の範囲内がより好ましい。数平均分子量(Mn)が、60,000以上であれば大きな強度が得られ、400,000以下であれば、高い透明性が得られる。 In particular, the number average molecular weight (Mn) of the acrylic resin having an amide group is in the range of 60,000 to 400,000 from the viewpoint of improving brittleness as an optical film and improving transparency when it is compatible with a cellulose resin. The inner level is preferable, and the range of 80,000 to 300,000 is more preferable. If the number average molecular weight (Mn) is 60,000 or more, high strength is obtained, and if it is 400,000 or less, high transparency is obtained.
 分子量はセルロース樹脂と同様の方法で測定することができる。 Molecular weight can be measured by the same method as for cellulose resin.
 前記アミド基を有するアクリル系樹脂は、光学フィルム中に、50~100質量%の範囲内で使用されることが好ましく、60~80質量%の範囲内で使用されることがより好ましい。添加量60質量%以上であれば、アミド基の効果を発揮し、強度を向上することができ、セルロース樹脂と混合して添加量が80質量%以下になると、液晶表示装置に用いたときに視野角特性が更に向上する。 The acrylic resin having an amide group is preferably used in the range of 50 to 100% by mass in the optical film, and more preferably in the range of 60 to 80% by mass. When the addition amount is 60% by mass or more, the effect of the amide group can be exerted and the strength can be improved. When the addition amount is 80% by mass or less when mixed with the cellulose resin, when used in a liquid crystal display device. Viewing angle characteristics are further improved.
 前記アミド基を有するアクリル系樹脂は、メチルメタアクリレート及びアミド基を有する共重合成分の他に、第3の共重合成分を有することができる。該第3の共重合成分は、アクリル系の共重合成分であっても良いし、アクリル系以外の共重合成分であっても良い。 The acrylic resin having an amide group may have a third copolymer component in addition to the methyl methacrylate and the copolymer component having an amide group. The third copolymer component may be an acrylic copolymer component or a copolymer component other than an acrylic copolymer component.
 前記アクリル系の共重合成分としては、例えば、アルキル数の炭素数が2~18のアルキルメタクリレート、アルキル数の炭素数が1~18のアルキルアクリレート、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸等のα,β-不飽和酸、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル等のα,β-不飽和ニトリル、等が挙げられ、これらは一種又は二種以上の単量体を併用して用いることができる。これらの内、アクリル酸、アクリル酸メチル(MA)、アクリル酸エチル、アクリル酸プロピル、アクリル酸ブチル、メタクリル酸、メタクリル酸エチル、メタクリル酸プロピル、メタクリル酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート(HEMA)などが好ましく用いられる。これらの内、特に、メタクリル酸メチル、アクリル酸メチル、2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレートであることが好ましい。 Examples of the acrylic copolymer component include α, β-nondeoxyalkylene such as alkyl methacrylate having 2 to 18 alkyl atoms, alkyl acrylate having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, acrylic acid, and methacrylic acid. Examples thereof include α, β-unsaturated nitriles such as saturated acid, acrylonitrile and methacrylonitrile, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more monomers. Among these, acrylic acid, methyl acrylate (MA), ethyl acrylate, propyl acrylate, butyl acrylate, methacrylic acid, ethyl methacrylate, propyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (HEMA), etc. Is preferably used. Of these, methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate are particularly preferable.
 前記アクリル系以外の共重合成分としては、マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸等の不飽和基含有2価カルボン酸、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン等の芳香族ビニル化合物、無水マレイン酸、マレイミド、N-置換マレイミド、酢酸ビニル等が挙げられ、これらのうち、スチレン、酢酸ビニルが好ましく用いられる。 Examples of the copolymer component other than acrylic include unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acids such as maleic acid, fumaric acid and itaconic acid, aromatic vinyl compounds such as styrene and α-methylstyrene, maleic anhydride, maleimide, N -Substituted maleimide, vinyl acetate and the like are mentioned, and among these, styrene and vinyl acetate are preferably used.
 本発明のアクリル系樹脂の重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーにより測定することができる。測定条件は以下のとおりである。 The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin of the present invention can be measured by gel permeation chromatography. The measurement conditions are as follows.
 溶媒:   メチレンクロライド
 カラム:  Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(株)製を3本接続して使用。)
 カラム温度:25℃
 試料濃度: 0.1質量%
 検出器:  RI Model 504(GLサイエンス社製)
 ポンプ:  L6000(日立製作所(株)製)
 流量:   1.0ml/min
 校正曲線: 標準ポリスチレンSTK standard ポリスチレン(東ソー(株)製)Mw=2,800,000~500の13サンプルによる校正曲線を使用する。13サンプルは、ほぼ等間隔に用いることが好ましい。
Solvent: Methylene chloride Column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Used by connecting three manufactured by Showa Denko KK)
Column temperature: 25 ° C
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL Sciences)
Pump: L6000 (manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.)
Flow rate: 1.0ml / min
Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corp.) Mw = 2,800,000-500 calibration curves with 13 samples are used. The 13 samples are preferably used at approximately equal intervals.
 本発明におけるアクリル系樹脂の製造方法としては、特に制限は無く、懸濁重合、乳化重合、塊状重合、あるいは溶液重合等の公知の方法のいずれを用いても良い。ここで、重合開始剤としては、通常のパーオキサイド系及びアゾ系のものを用いることができ、また、レドックス系とすることもできる。 The production method of the acrylic resin in the present invention is not particularly limited, and any known method such as suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, or solution polymerization may be used. Here, as a polymerization initiator, a normal peroxide type and an azo type can be used, and a redox type can also be used.
 重合温度については、懸濁又は乳化重合では30~100℃の範囲内、塊状又は溶液重合では80~160℃の範囲内で実施しうる。得られた共重合体の還元粘度を制御するために、アルキルメルカプタン等を連鎖移動剤として用いて重合を実施することもできる。 The polymerization temperature may be within a range of 30 to 100 ° C. for suspension or emulsion polymerization, and within a range of 80 to 160 ° C. for bulk or solution polymerization. In order to control the reduced viscosity of the obtained copolymer, polymerization can be carried out using alkyl mercaptan or the like as a chain transfer agent.
 <セルロース樹脂>
 本発明の光学フィルムは、前記アミド基を有するアクリル系樹脂の他に、セルロース樹脂を含有することが、フィルムの強度が一層向上することから好ましい。
<Cellulose resin>
In addition to the acrylic resin having an amide group, the optical film of the present invention preferably contains a cellulose resin because the strength of the film is further improved.
 前記セルロース樹脂としては、セルロースエステル、アルコキシセルロース等が挙げられる。アルコキシセルロースとしては、エチルセルロース(日進化学から商品名エトセルで販売されている。)等が挙げられる。中でも、セルロース樹脂としては、セルロースエステルが好ましく、特に脆性の改善やアクリル系樹脂と相溶させたときに透明性の観点から、アシル基の総置換度(T)が2.0~3.0の範囲内、炭素数が3~7のアシル基の置換度が1.2~3.0の範囲内であるセルロースエステルが好ましい。即ち、本発明に係るセルロース樹脂は炭素数が3~7のアシル基により置換されたセルロースエステルが好ましく、具体的なアシル基としては、プロピオニル、ブチリル等が好ましく用いられるが、特にプロピオニル基が好ましく用いられる。 Examples of the cellulose resin include cellulose ester and alkoxy cellulose. Examples of the alkoxy cellulose include ethyl cellulose (sold under the trade name Etcel from Nisshin Chemical). Among them, cellulose ester is preferable as the cellulose resin, and the total substitution degree (T) of acyl group is 2.0 to 3.0, particularly from the viewpoint of transparency when improved in brittleness or compatible with acrylic resin. In this range, cellulose esters in which the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is in the range of 1.2 to 3.0 are preferable. That is, the cellulose resin according to the present invention is preferably a cellulose ester substituted with an acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. As specific acyl groups, propionyl, butyryl and the like are preferably used, and a propionyl group is particularly preferable. Used.
 セルロースエステルの、アシル基の総置換度が2.0以上である場合、即ち、セルロースエステル分子の2,3,6位のヒドロキシ基の残度が1.0以下である場合には、アクリル系樹脂とセルロースエステルが高い相溶性を示し、光学フィルムとして用いる場合に透明性が高い。 When the total substitution degree of the acyl group of the cellulose ester is 2.0 or more, that is, when the residual degree of the hydroxy group at the 2,3,6-position of the cellulose ester molecule is 1.0 or less, an acrylic type Resin and cellulose ester exhibit high compatibility and are highly transparent when used as an optical film.
 また、アシル基の総置換度が2.0以上であって、炭素数が3~7のアシル基の置換度が1.2以上である場合は、更に高い相溶性が得られ、強度に優れる。例えば、アシル基の総置換度が2.0以上であり、炭素数2のアシル基(即ちアセチル基。)の置換度が低く、炭素数3~7のアシル基の置換度が1.2以上の場合は、相溶性及び強度が更に向上する。 Further, when the total substitution degree of the acyl group is 2.0 or more and the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is 1.2 or more, higher compatibility is obtained and the strength is excellent. . For example, the total substitution degree of the acyl group is 2.0 or more, the substitution degree of the acyl group having 2 carbon atoms (ie, acetyl group) is low, and the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms is 1.2 or more. In this case, the compatibility and strength are further improved.
 前記セルロースエステルの炭素数が3~7以外のアシル基、即ち、アセチル基や炭素数が8以上のアシル基の置換度の総計は1.3以下とされることが好ましい。 It is preferable that the total substitution degree of the acyl group having a carbon number other than 3 to 7 in the cellulose ester, that is, the acetyl group or the acyl group having 8 or more carbon atoms is 1.3 or less.
 また、セルロースエステルのアシル基の総置換度(T)は、2.5~3.0の範囲内であることが更に好ましい。 Further, the total substitution degree (T) of the acyl group of the cellulose ester is more preferably in the range of 2.5 to 3.0.
 本発明において前記アシル基は、脂肪族アシル基であっても、芳香族アシル基であってもよい。脂肪族アシル基の場合は、直鎖であっても分岐していても良く、さらに置換基を有してもよい。本発明におけるアシル基の炭素数は、アシル基の置換基を包含するものである。 In the present invention, the acyl group may be an aliphatic acyl group or an aromatic acyl group. In the case of an aliphatic acyl group, it may be linear or branched and may further have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the acyl group in the present invention includes an acyl group substituent.
 上記セルロースエステルが、芳香族アシル基を置換基として有する場合、芳香族環に置換する置換基の数は0~5個であることが好ましい。この場合も、置換基を含めた炭素数が3~7であるアシル基の置換度が1.2~3.0の範囲内となるように留意が必要である。 When the cellulose ester has an aromatic acyl group as a substituent, the number of substituents substituted on the aromatic ring is preferably 0 to 5. Also in this case, it is necessary to pay attention so that the substitution degree of the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms including the substituent is in the range of 1.2 to 3.0.
 例えば、ベンゾイル基は炭素数が7になるため、炭素を含む置換基を有する場合は、ベンゾイル基としての炭素数は8以上となり、炭素数が3~7のアシル基には含まれないこととなる。 For example, since the benzoyl group has 7 carbon atoms, when it has a substituent containing carbon, the benzoyl group has 8 or more carbon atoms and is not included in the acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms. Become.
 更に、芳香族環に置換する置換基の数が2個以上の時、互いに同じでも異なっていてもよいが、また、互いに連結して縮合多環化合物(例えばナフタレン、インデン、インダン、フェナントレン、キノリン、イソキノリン、クロメン、クロマン、フタラジン、アクリジン、インドール、インドリンなど)を形成してもよい。 Further, when the number of substituents substituted on the aromatic ring is 2 or more, they may be the same or different from each other, but they may be linked together to form a condensed polycyclic compound (for example, naphthalene, indene, indane, phenanthrene, quinoline). , Isoquinoline, chromene, chroman, phthalazine, acridine, indole, indoline, etc.).
 上記のようなセルロースエステルにおいては、炭素数3~7の脂肪族アシル基を少なくとも一種有する構造であることが好ましい。 The cellulose ester as described above preferably has a structure having at least one aliphatic acyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms.
 本発明に係るセルロース樹脂は、特にセルロースアセテートプロピオネート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、セルロースアセテートベンゾエート、セルロースプロピオネート、セルロースブチレートから選ばれる少なくとも一種であることが好ましい。これらの中で特に好ましいセルロース樹脂は、セルロースアセテートプロピオネートやセルロースプロピオネートである。 The cellulose resin according to the present invention is preferably at least one selected from cellulose acetate propionate, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate benzoate, cellulose propionate, and cellulose butyrate. Among these, particularly preferred cellulose resins are cellulose acetate propionate and cellulose propionate.
 アシル基で置換されていない部分は通常ヒドロキシ基として存在しているものである。これらは公知の方法で合成することができる。 The portion not substituted with an acyl group is usually present as a hydroxy group. These can be synthesized by known methods.
 なお、アセチル基の置換度や他のアシル基の置換度は、ASTM-D817-96に規定の方法により求めたものである。 Incidentally, the substitution degree of the acetyl group and the substitution degree of other acyl groups were determined by the method prescribed in ASTM-D817-96.
 本発明に係るセルロース樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、特にアクリル系樹脂との相溶性、脆性の改善の観点から75000~300000の範囲であることが好ましく、100000~250000の範囲内であることが更に好ましく、150000~250000の範囲内のものが特に好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose resin according to the present invention is preferably in the range of 75,000 to 300,000, particularly in the range of 100,000 to 250,000, from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with acrylic resins and improving brittleness. Is more preferable, and those within the range of 150,000 to 250,000 are particularly preferable.
 セルロース樹脂の重要平均分子量(Mw)が75000を下回る場合は、耐熱性や脆性の改善効果が十分ではないことがあり、本発明の効果が得られない可能性がある。本発明では二種以上のセルロース樹脂を混合して用いることもできる。 When the important average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose resin is less than 75,000, the effect of improving heat resistance and brittleness may not be sufficient, and the effect of the present invention may not be obtained. In the present invention, two or more kinds of cellulose resins can be mixed and used.
 本発明の光学フィルムにおいて、アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂の質量比の値は、50:50~94:6の範囲内で、かつ相溶状態で含有されることが好ましく、更に好ましくは60:40~90:10の範囲内である。 In the optical film of the present invention, the mass ratio value of the acrylic resin and the cellulose resin is preferably in the range of 50:50 to 94: 6 and in a compatible state, more preferably 60:40. Within the range of 90:10.
 アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂の質量比の値が、94:6以下であると、セルロース樹脂による強度の向上及び視野角特性の改善が見られ、同質量比の値が50:50以上であって、アクリル樹脂が多いと、耐湿性が優れる。 When the value of the mass ratio between the acrylic resin and the cellulose resin is 94: 6 or less, an improvement in strength and an improvement in viewing angle characteristics are observed with the cellulose resin, and the value of the mass ratio is 50:50 or more. When there are many acrylic resins, moisture resistance is excellent.
 本発明の光学フィルムにおいては、アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂が相溶状態で含有されることが好ましい。光学フィルムとして必要とされる物性や品質を、異なる樹脂を相溶させることで相互に補うことにより達成している。 In the optical film of the present invention, it is preferable that an acrylic resin and a cellulose resin are contained in a compatible state. The physical properties and quality required for an optical film are achieved by supplementing each other by dissolving different resins.
 アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂が相溶状態となっているかどうかは、例えばガラス転移温度Tgにより判断することが可能である。 Whether the acrylic resin and the cellulose resin are in a compatible state can be determined, for example, based on the glass transition temperature Tg.
 例えば、両者の樹脂のガラス転移温度が異なる場合、両者の樹脂を混合したときは、各々の樹脂のガラス転移温度が存在するため混合物のガラス転移温度は二つ以上存在するが、両者の樹脂が相溶したときは、各々の樹脂固有のガラス転移温度が消失し、一つのガラス転移温度となって相溶した樹脂のガラス転移温度となる。 For example, when the glass transition temperatures of the two resins are different, when the two resins are mixed, there are two or more glass transition temperatures of the mixture because there is a glass transition temperature of each resin. When they are compatible, the glass transition temperature specific to each resin disappears and becomes one glass transition temperature, which becomes the glass transition temperature of the compatible resin.
 なお、ここでいうガラス転移温度とは、示差走査熱量測定器(Perkin Elmer社製DSC-7型)を用いて、昇温速度20℃/分で測定し、JIS K7121(1987)に従い求めた中間点ガラス転移温度(Tmg)とする。 The glass transition temperature referred to here is an intermediate value determined according to JIS K7121 (1987) using a differential scanning calorimeter (DSC-7 model manufactured by Perkin Elmer) at a heating rate of 20 ° C./min. The point glass transition temperature (Tmg).
 アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂は、それぞれ非結晶性樹脂であることが好ましく、いずれか一方が結晶性高分子、あるいは部分的に結晶性を有する高分子であってもよいが、本発明においてアクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂が相溶することで、非結晶性樹脂となることが好ましい。 The acrylic resin and the cellulose resin are each preferably an amorphous resin, and either one may be a crystalline polymer or a partially crystalline polymer. The resin and the cellulose resin are preferably compatible with each other to become an amorphous resin.
 本発明の光学フィルムにおけるアクリル系樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)やセルロース樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)や置換度は、両者の樹脂の溶媒に対して溶解性の差を用いて、分別した後に、それぞれ測定することにより得られる。樹脂を分別する際には、いずれか一方にのみ溶解する溶媒中に相溶された樹脂を添加することで、溶解する樹脂を抽出して分別することができ、このとき加熱操作や環流を行ってもよい。これらの溶媒の組み合わせを2工程以上組み合わせて、樹脂を分別してもよい。 After the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin in the optical film of the present invention, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the cellulose resin, and the degree of substitution are separated using the difference in solubility in the solvent of both resins. , Obtained by measuring each. When fractionating the resin, it is possible to extract and separate the soluble resin by adding a compatible resin in a solvent that is soluble only in either one. At this time, heating operation or reflux is performed. May be. A combination of these solvents may be combined in two or more steps to separate the resin.
 溶解した樹脂と、不溶物として残った樹脂を濾別し、抽出物を含む溶液については、溶媒を蒸発させて乾燥させる操作によって樹脂を分別することができる。これらの分別した樹脂は、高分子の一般の構造解析によって特定することができる。本発明の光学フィルムが、アクリル系樹脂やセルロース樹脂以外の樹脂を含有する場合も同様の方法で分別することができる。 The dissolved resin and the resin remaining as an insoluble material are filtered off, and the solution containing the extract can be separated by an operation of evaporating the solvent and drying. These fractionated resins can be identified by general structural analysis of polymers. When the optical film of the present invention contains a resin other than an acrylic resin or a cellulose resin, it can be separated by the same method.
 また、相溶された樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)がそれぞれ異なる場合は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)によって、高分子量物は早期に溶離され、低分子量物であるほど長い時間を経て溶離されるために、容易に分別可能であるとともに分子量を測定することも可能である。 If the weight average molecular weights (Mw) of the compatible resins are different, the high molecular weight substances are eluted earlier by gel permeation chromatography (GPC), and the lower molecular weight substances are eluted after a longer time. Therefore, it can be easily fractionated and the molecular weight can be measured.
 また、相溶した樹脂をGPCによって分子量測定を行うと同時に、時間毎に溶離された樹脂溶液を分取して溶媒を留去し乾燥した樹脂を、構造解析を定量的に行うことで、異なる分子量の分画毎の樹脂組成を検出することで、相溶されている樹脂をそれぞれ特定することができる。事前に溶媒への溶解性の差で分取した樹脂を、各々GPCによって分子量分布を測定することで、相溶されていた樹脂をそれぞれ検出することもできる。 In addition, the molecular weight of the compatible resin is measured by GPC, and at the same time, the resin solution eluted every time is separated, the solvent is distilled off, and the dried resin is different by quantitatively analyzing the structure. By detecting the resin composition for each molecular weight fraction, it is possible to identify each compatible resin. By measuring the molecular weight distribution of each of the resins separated in advance based on the difference in solubility in a solvent by GPC, it is possible to detect each of the compatible resins.
 本発明の光学フィルムにおけるアクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂の総質量は、光学フィルムの55質量%以上であることが好ましく、更に好ましくは60質量%以上であり、特に好ましくは、70質量%以上である。 The total mass of the acrylic resin and the cellulose resin in the optical film of the present invention is preferably 55% by mass or more of the optical film, more preferably 60% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 70% by mass or more. .
 <銅イオン>
 本発明に係る銅イオンは、2価の銅イオンが、フィルム強度を大きく向上させることから、好ましい。銅イオンは、樹脂と均一に混合されるために、有機銅化合物として、樹脂に添加されることが好ましく、具体的には、アセチルアセトナート銅(II)、グルコン酸銅(II)、グリシナト銅(II)、ビスイソ酪酸銅(II)、トリフルオロアセチルアセトナート銅(II)、Pigment Blue 15等が挙げられ、好ましくは、配位子がβジケトン構造又はカルボキシ基を有する錯体又は塩である。中でもアセチルアセトナート銅(II)又はグルコン酸銅(II)として、添加されることが特に好ましい。
<Copper ion>
The copper ion according to the present invention is preferable because a divalent copper ion greatly improves the film strength. Copper ions are preferably added to the resin as an organic copper compound in order to be uniformly mixed with the resin. Specifically, copper acetylacetonate (II), copper gluconate (II), glycinate copper (II), copper (II) bisisobutyrate, copper (II) trifluoroacetylacetonate, Pigment Blue 15, etc. are preferable, and the ligand is preferably a complex or salt having a β-diketone structure or a carboxy group. Among them, it is particularly preferable that acetylacetonate copper (II) or gluconate copper (II) is added.
 前記アセチルアセトナート銅(II)及びグルコン酸銅(II)は、銅と有機の基の結合安定性が高すぎず適度であると、有機銅化合物をアクリル系樹脂に添加したときに、容易に銅イオンがアクリル系樹脂と結合することができるため、より顕著に本発明の効果を発揮すると考えられる。 The copper (II) acetylacetonate and copper (II) gluconate are suitable when the organic copper compound is added to the acrylic resin when the bond stability between the copper and the organic group is not too high and appropriate. Since copper ions can bind to the acrylic resin, it is considered that the effect of the present invention is more remarkably exhibited.
 光学フィルム中の銅イオンの含有率は、20~100質量ppmの範囲内である。銅イオンの含有率が、20質量ppm以上であれば、大きな強度が得られ、高温で長時間使用し続けても黄色の着色が観察されず、100質量ppm以下であれば、画像表示装置の画像を目視で観察したとき、青味が確認できない程度に抑えられる。 The content of copper ions in the optical film is in the range of 20 to 100 ppm by mass. If the copper ion content is 20 mass ppm or more, a large strength can be obtained, and yellow coloration is not observed even if it is used for a long time at a high temperature. When the image is visually observed, the bluish color is suppressed to such an extent that it cannot be confirmed.
 一方、アクリル樹脂中に銅フタロシアニンを300~600質量ppm含有する厚さ20~40μmのフィルムが知られているが、青色が強いため、画像表示装置等に用いる光学フィルムには適用できない。 On the other hand, a film having a thickness of 20 to 40 μm containing 300 to 600 ppm by mass of copper phthalocyanine in an acrylic resin is known, but since it is strong in blue, it cannot be applied to an optical film used for an image display device or the like.
 <添加剤>
 本発明の光学フィルムにおいては、生産工程における破断故障を低減する目的で、次の添加剤が添加されることが好ましい。(1)炭素ラジカル捕捉剤、(2)パーオキシラジカルに対する水素ラジカル供与能を有する一次酸化防止剤、及び、(3)パーオキサイドに対する還元作用を有する二次酸化防止剤の三種類の添加剤を併用する。
<Additives>
In the optical film of the present invention, the following additives are preferably added for the purpose of reducing breakage failure in the production process. Three types of additives: (1) carbon radical scavenger, (2) primary antioxidant having hydrogen radical donating ability for peroxy radical, and (3) secondary antioxidant having a reducing action on peroxide. Combined.
 (1)炭素ラジカル捕捉剤
 本発明の光学フィルムは、炭素ラジカル捕捉剤を少なくとも一種以上含有することが好ましい。
(1) Carbon radical scavenger The optical film of the present invention preferably contains at least one carbon radical scavenger.
 前記「炭素ラジカル捕捉剤」とは、炭素ラジカルが速やかに付加反応しうる基(例えば二重結合、三重結合等の不飽和基)を有し、かつ炭素ラジカル付加後に重合等の後続反応が起こらない安定な生成物を与える化合物である。 The “carbon radical scavenger” has a group (for example, an unsaturated group such as a double bond or a triple bond) that allows a carbon radical to rapidly undergo an addition reaction, and a subsequent reaction such as polymerization occurs after the addition of the carbon radical. It is a compound that gives no stable product.
 上記炭素ラジカル捕捉剤としては分子内に速やかに炭素ラジカルと反応する基((メタ)アクリロイル基、アリール基等の不飽和基)及びフェノール系、ラクトン系化合物等のラジカル重合禁止能を有する化合物が有用であり、特に下記一般式(1)又は一般式(2)で表される化合物が好ましい。 Examples of the carbon radical scavenger include compounds having a radical polymerization inhibiting ability such as a group (an unsaturated group such as a (meth) acryloyl group or an aryl group) that reacts quickly with a carbon radical in the molecule, and a phenolic or lactone based compound. The compound represented by the following general formula (1) or general formula (2) is particularly preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
 一般式(1)において、R11は水素原子又は炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表し、好ましくは水素原子又は炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子又はメチル基である。 In the general formula (1), R 11 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. .
 R12及びR13は、それぞれ独立して炭素数1~8のアルキル基を表し、直鎖でも、分岐構造又は環構造を有してもよい。 R 12 and R 13 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and may be linear or have a branched structure or a ring structure.
 R12及びR13は、好ましくは4級炭素を含む「*-C(CH-R’」で表される構造(*は芳香環への連結部位を表し、R’は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す。)である。 R 12 and R 13 are preferably a structure represented by “* —C (CH 3 ) 2 —R ′” containing a quaternary carbon (* represents a connecting site to an aromatic ring, and R ′ represents a carbon number of 1 Represents an alkyl group of ˜5).
 R12は、より好ましくはtert-ブチル基、tert-アミル基又はtert-オクチル基である。R13は、より好ましくはtert-ブチル基、tert-アミル基である。上記一般式(1)で表される化合物として、市販のものでは「SumilizerGM、SumilizerGS」(共に商品名、住友化学(株)製)等が挙げられる。 R 12 is more preferably a tert-butyl group, a tert-amyl group or a tert-octyl group. R 13 is more preferably a tert-butyl group or a tert-amyl group. As the compound represented by the general formula (1), commercially available products include “Sumilizer GM, Sumilizer GS” (both trade names, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) and the like.
 以下に上記一般式(1)で表される化合物の具体例(I-1~I-18)を例示するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples (I-1 to I-18) of the compound represented by the general formula (1) are exemplified below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 前記一般式(2)において、R22~R25はおのおの互いに独立して水素原子又は置換基を表し、R22~R25で表される置換基としては特に制限はないが、例えば、アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、t-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、ドデシル基、トリフルオロメチル基等)、シクロアルキル基(例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等)、アリール基(例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等)、アシルアミノ基(例えば、アセチルアミノ基、ベンゾイルアミノ基等)、アルキルチオ基(例えば、メチルチオ基、エチルチオ基等)、アリールチオ基(例えば、フェニルチオ基、ナフチルチオ基等)、アルケニル基(例えば、ビニル基、2-プロペニル基、3-ブテニル基、1-メチル-3-プロペニル基、3-ペンテニル基、1-メチル-3-ブテニル基、4-ヘキセニル基、シクロヘキセニル基等)、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、沃素原子等)、アルキニル基(例えば、プロパルギル基等)、複素環基(例えば、ピリジル基、チアゾリル基、オキサゾリル基、イミダゾリル基等)、アルキルスルホニル基(例えば、メチルスルホニル基、エチルスルホニル基等)、アリールスルホニル基(例えば、フェニルスルホニル基、ナフチルスルホニル基等)、アルキルスルフィニル基(例えば、メチルスルフィニル基等)、アリールスルフィニル基(例えば、フェニルスルフィニル基等)、ホスホノ基、アシル基(例えば、アセチル基、ピバロイル基、ベンゾイル基等)、カルバモイル基(例えば、アミノカルボニル基、メチルアミノカルボニル基、ジメチルアミノカルボニル基、ブチルアミノカルボニル基、シクロヘキシルアミノカルボニル基、フェニルアミノカルボニル基、2-ピリジルアミノカルボニル基等)、スルファモイル基(例えば、アミノスルホニル基、メチルアミノスルホニル基、ジメチルアミノスルホニル基、ブチルアミノスルホニル基、ヘキシルアミノスルホニル基、シクロヘキシルアミノスルホニル基、オクチルアミノスルホニル基、ドデシルアミノスルホニル基、フェニルアミノスルホニル基、ナフチルアミノスルホニル基、2-ピリジルアミノスルホニル基等)、スルホンアミド基(例えば、メタンスルホンアミド基、ベンゼンスルホンアミド基等)、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基等)、アリールオキシ基(例えば、フェノキシ基、ナフチルオキシ基等)、複素環オキシ基、シロキシ基、アシルオキシ基(例えば、アセチルオキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基等)、スルホン酸基、スルホン酸の塩、アミノカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基(例えば、アミノ基、エチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、ブチルアミノ基、シクロペンチルアミノ基、2-エチルヘキシルアミノ基、ドデシルアミノ基等)、アニリノ基(例えば、フェニルアミノ基、クロロフェニルアミノ基、トルイジノ基、アニシジノ基、ナフチルアミノ基、2-ピリジルアミノ基等)、イミド基、ウレイド基(例えば、メチルウレイド基、エチルウレイド基、ペンチルウレイド基、シクロヘキシルウレイド基、オクチルウレイド基、ドデシルウレイド基、フェニルウレイド基、ナフチルウレイド基、2-ピリジルアミノウレイド基等)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(例えば、メトキシカルボニルアミノ基、フェノキシカルボニルアミノ基等)、アルコキシカルボニル基(例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、フェノキシカルボニル等)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(例えば、フェノキシカルボニル基等)、複素環チオ基、チオウレイド基、カルボキシ基、カルボン酸の塩、ヒドロキシ基、メルカプト基、ニトロ基等の各基が挙げられる。これらの置換基は同様の置換基によって更に置換されていてもよい。 In the general formula (2), R 22 to R 25 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the substituent represented by R 22 to R 25 is not particularly limited. (For example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, trifluoromethyl group, etc.), cycloalkyl group (for example, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group) Etc.), aryl groups (eg phenyl group, naphthyl group etc.), acylamino groups (eg acetylamino group, benzoylamino group etc.), alkylthio groups (eg methylthio group, ethylthio group etc.), arylthio groups (eg phenylthio) Group, naphthylthio group, etc.), alkenyl group (for example, vinyl group, 2-propenyl group, 3-butyl group) Nyl group, 1-methyl-3-propenyl group, 3-pentenyl group, 1-methyl-3-butenyl group, 4-hexenyl group, cyclohexenyl group, etc.), halogen atom (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom) , Iodine atoms, etc.), alkynyl groups (eg, propargyl group, etc.), heterocyclic groups (eg, pyridyl group, thiazolyl group, oxazolyl group, imidazolyl group, etc.), alkylsulfonyl groups (eg, methylsulfonyl group, ethylsulfonyl group, etc.) ), Arylsulfonyl group (eg, phenylsulfonyl group, naphthylsulfonyl group, etc.), alkylsulfinyl group (eg, methylsulfinyl group, etc.), arylsulfinyl group (eg, phenylsulfinyl group, etc.), phosphono group, acyl group (eg, Acetyl group, pivaloyl group, benzoyl group, etc.), cal Moyl group (for example, aminocarbonyl group, methylaminocarbonyl group, dimethylaminocarbonyl group, butylaminocarbonyl group, cyclohexylaminocarbonyl group, phenylaminocarbonyl group, 2-pyridylaminocarbonyl group, etc.), sulfamoyl group (for example, aminosulfonyl group) , Methylaminosulfonyl group, dimethylaminosulfonyl group, butylaminosulfonyl group, hexylaminosulfonyl group, cyclohexylaminosulfonyl group, octylaminosulfonyl group, dodecylaminosulfonyl group, phenylaminosulfonyl group, naphthylaminosulfonyl group, 2-pyridylaminosulfonyl group Group), sulfonamide group (eg, methanesulfonamide group, benzenesulfonamide group, etc.), cyano group, alkoxy group (eg, Toxyl group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, etc.), aryloxy group (eg, phenoxy group, naphthyloxy group, etc.), heterocyclic oxy group, siloxy group, acyloxy group (eg, acetyloxy group, benzoyloxy group, etc.), sulfone Acid group, sulfonic acid salt, aminocarbonyloxy group, amino group (for example, amino group, ethylamino group, dimethylamino group, butylamino group, cyclopentylamino group, 2-ethylhexylamino group, dodecylamino group, etc.), anilino Group (eg, phenylamino group, chlorophenylamino group, toluidino group, anisidino group, naphthylamino group, 2-pyridylamino group, etc.), imide group, ureido group (eg, methylureido group, ethylureido group, pentylureido group, cyclohexyl) Ureido group, octylureido , Dodecylureido group, phenylureido group, naphthylureido group, 2-pyridylaminoureido group, etc.), alkoxycarbonylamino group (eg, methoxycarbonylamino group, phenoxycarbonylamino group, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl group (eg, methoxycarbonyl group, Ethoxycarbonyl group, phenoxycarbonyl, etc.), aryloxycarbonyl group (eg, phenoxycarbonyl group, etc.), heterocyclic thio group, thioureido group, carboxy group, carboxylic acid salt, hydroxy group, mercapto group, nitro group, etc. Is mentioned. These substituents may be further substituted with the same substituent.
 前記一般式(2)において、R26は水素原子又は置換基を表し、R26で表される置換基は、前記R22~R25で表される置換基と同様な基を挙げることができる。 In the general formula (2), R 26 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and examples of the substituent represented by R 26 include the same groups as the substituents represented by R 22 to R 25. .
 前記一般式(2)において、nは1又は2を表す。 In the general formula (2), n represents 1 or 2.
 前記一般式(2)において、nが1であるとき、R21は置換基を表し、nが2であるとき、R21は2価の連結基を表す。R21が置換基を表すとき、置換基としては、前記R22~R25で表される置換基と同様な基を挙げることができる。 In the general formula (2), when n is 1, R 21 represents a substituent, and when n is 2, R 21 represents a divalent linking group. When R 21 represents a substituent, examples of the substituent include the same groups as the substituents represented by R 22 to R 25 .
 R21は2価の連結基を表すとき、2価の連結基として例えば、置換基を有しても良いアルキレン基、置換基を有しても良いアリーレン基、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、あるいはこれらの連結基の組み合わせを挙げることができる。 When R 21 represents a divalent linking group, examples of the divalent linking group include an alkylene group that may have a substituent, an arylene group that may have a substituent, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom. Or a combination of these linking groups.
 前記一般式(2)において、nは1が好ましい。 In the general formula (2), n is preferably 1.
 次に、本発明における前記一般式(2)で表される化合物の具体例を示すが、本発明は以下の具体例によって限定されるものではない。 Next, specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (2) in the present invention are shown, but the present invention is not limited to the following specific examples.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 上記、炭素ラジカル捕捉剤は、それぞれ一種あるいは二種以上組み合わせて用いることができ、その配合量は本発明の目的を損なわない範囲で適宜選択されるが、樹脂(アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂)100質量部に対して、通常0.001~10.0質量部の範囲内、好ましくは0.01~5.0質量部の範囲内、更に好ましくは、0.1~1.0質量部の範囲内である。 The carbon radical scavengers can be used singly or in combination of two or more, and the amount of the carbon radical scavenger is appropriately selected within a range that does not impair the object of the present invention. Resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin) 100 Usually in the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by weight, preferably in the range of 0.01 to 5.0 parts by weight, more preferably in the range of 0.1 to 1.0 parts by weight with respect to parts by weight. Is within.
 (2)一次酸化防止剤
 本発明の光学フィルムは、パーオキシラジカルに対する水素ラジカル供与能を有する一次酸化防止剤を少なくとも一種以上含有することが好ましい。
(2) Primary antioxidant The optical film of the present invention preferably contains at least one primary antioxidant having hydrogen radical donating ability for peroxy radicals.
 本発明において「パーオキシラジカルに対する水素ラジカル供与能を有する一次酸化防止剤」とは、パーオキシラジカルによって速やかに引き抜かれる水素原子を分子内に少なくとも一つ以上有し、パーオキシラジカルからパーオキサイドを生成する化合物であり、ヒドロキシ基あるいは1級又は2級のアミノ基によって置換された芳香族化合物又は立体障害性基を有する複素環化合物であることが好ましく、より好ましくは、オルト位にアルキル基を有するフェノール系化合物あるいはヒンダードアミン系化合物である。 In the present invention, the “primary antioxidant having the ability to donate hydrogen radicals to peroxy radicals” means that the molecule has at least one hydrogen atom that can be quickly extracted by peroxy radicals, and peroxides from peroxy radicals. The compound to be produced is preferably an aromatic compound substituted with a hydroxy group or a primary or secondary amino group or a heterocyclic compound having a sterically hindered group, and more preferably an alkyl group at the ortho position. A phenolic compound or a hindered amine compound.
 (フェノール系化合物)
 本発明に好ましく用いられるフェノール化合物は、例えば、米国特許第4,839,405号明細書の第12~14欄に記載されているもの等の、2,6-ジアルキルフェノール誘導体化合物が含まれる。このような化合物には、下記一般式(3)で表される化合物が含まれる。
(Phenolic compounds)
Phenol compounds preferably used in the present invention include 2,6-dialkylphenol derivative compounds such as those described in US Pat. No. 4,839,405, columns 12-14. Such a compound includes a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 式中、R31~R36は水素原子又は置換基を表す。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子等)、アルキル基(例えばメチル基、エチル基、イソプロピル基、ヒドロキシエチル基、メトキシメチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、t-ブチル基等)、シクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等)、アラルキル基(例えばベンジル基、2-フェネチル基等)、アリール基(例えばフェニル基、ナフチル基、p-トリル基、p-クロロフェニル基等)、アルコキシ基(例えばメトキシ基、エトキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基等)、アリールオキシ基(例えばフェノキシ基等)、シアノ基、アシルアミノ基(例えばアセチルアミノ基、プロピオニルアミノ基等)、アルキルチオ基(例えばメチルチオ基、エチルチオ基、ブチルチオ基等)、アリールチオ基(例えばフェニルチオ基等)、スルホニルアミノ基(例えばメタンスルホニルアミノ基、ベンゼンスルホニルアミノ基等)、ウレイド基(例えば3-メチルウレイド基、3,3-ジメチルウレイド基、1,3-ジメチルウレイド基等)、スルファモイルアミノ基(ジメチルスルファモイルアミノ基等)、カルバモイル基(例えばメチルカルバモイル基、エチルカルバモイル基、ジメチルカルバモイル基等)、スルファモイル基(例えばエチルスルファモイル基、ジメチルスルファモイル基等)、アルコキシカルボニル基(例えばメトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基等)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(例えばフェノキシカルボニル基等)、スルホニル基(例えばメタンスルホニル基、ブタンスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基等)、アシル基(例えばアセチル基、プロパノイル基、ブチロイル基等)、アミノ基(メチルアミノ基、エチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基等)、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、ニトロソ基、アミンオキシド基(例えばピリジン-オキシド基)、イミド基(例えばフタルイミド基等)、ジスルフィド基(例えばベンゼンジスルフィド基、ベンゾチアゾリル-2-ジスルフィド基等)、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、ヘテロ環基(例えば、ピロール基、ピロリジル基、ピラゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ピリジル基、ベンズイミダゾリル基、ベンズチアゾリル基、ベンズオキサゾリル基等)等が挙げられる。これらの置換基は更に置換されてもよい。 In the formula, R 31 to R 36 each represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine atom), an alkyl group (eg, methyl group, ethyl group, isopropyl group, hydroxyethyl group, methoxymethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, t-butyl group), A cycloalkyl group (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, etc.), an aralkyl group (eg, benzyl group, 2-phenethyl group, etc.), an aryl group (eg, phenyl group, naphthyl group, p-tolyl group, p-chlorophenyl group, etc.), alkoxy Groups (eg methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy), aryloxy (eg phenoxy), cyano, acylamino (eg acetylamino, propionylamino), alkylthio (eg methylthio) Group, ethylthio group, butylthio group, etc.), aryl O group (for example, phenylthio group), sulfonylamino group (for example, methanesulfonylamino group, benzenesulfonylamino group, etc.), ureido group (for example, 3-methylureido group, 3,3-dimethylureido group, 1,3-dimethylureido) Group), sulfamoylamino group (dimethylsulfamoylamino group etc.), carbamoyl group (eg methylcarbamoyl group, ethylcarbamoyl group, dimethylcarbamoyl group etc.), sulfamoyl group (eg ethylsulfamoyl group, dimethylsulfamoyl group) Moyl group etc.), alkoxycarbonyl group (eg methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group etc.), aryloxycarbonyl group (eg phenoxycarbonyl group etc.), sulfonyl group (eg methanesulfonyl group, butanesulfonyl group, phenylsulfonyl group) Group), acyl group (eg, acetyl group, propanoyl group, butyroyl group, etc.), amino group (methylamino group, ethylamino group, dimethylamino group, etc.), cyano group, hydroxy group, nitro group, nitroso group, amine oxide Groups (for example, pyridine-oxide groups), imide groups (for example, phthalimide groups), disulfide groups (for example, benzene disulfide groups, benzothiazolyl-2-disulfide groups), carboxy groups, sulfo groups, heterocyclic groups (for example, pyrrole groups, Pyrrolidyl group, pyrazolyl group, imidazolyl group, pyridyl group, benzimidazolyl group, benzthiazolyl group, benzoxazolyl group, etc.). These substituents may be further substituted.
 また、R31は水素原子、R32、R36はt-ブチル基である化合物が好ましい。フェノール系化合物の具体例としては、n-オクタデシル3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-プロピオネート、n-オクタデシル3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)-アセテート、n-オクタデシル3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンゾエート、n-ヘキシル3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニルベンゾエート、n-ドデシル3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニルベンゾエート、ネオ-ドデシル3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、ドデシルβ(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、エチルα-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル)イソブチレート、オクタデシルα-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル)イソブチレート、オクタデシルα-(4-ヒドロキシ-3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、2-(n-オクチルチオ)エチル3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ベンゾエート、2-(n-オクチルチオ)エチル3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-フェニルアセテート、2-(n-オクタデシルチオ)エチル3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニルアセテート、2-(n-オクタデシルチオ)エチル3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-ベンゾエート、2-(2-ヒドロキシエチルチオ)エチル3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンゾエート、ジエチルグリコールビス-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-フェニル)プロピオネート、2-(n-オクタデシルチオ)エチル3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、ステアルアミドN,N-ビス-[エチレン3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、n-ブチルイミノN,N-ビス-[エチレン3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、2-(2-ステアロイルオキシエチルチオ)エチル3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンゾエート、2-(2-ステアロイルオキシエチルチオ)エチル7-(3-メチル-5-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘプタノエート、1,2-プロピレングリコールビス-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、エチレングリコールビス-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、ネオペンチルグリコールビス-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、エチレングリコールビス-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニルアセテート)、グリセリン-l-n-オクタデカノエート-2,3-ビス-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニルアセテート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス-[3-(3′,5′-ジ-t-ブチル-4′-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、3,9-ビス-{2-〔3-(3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ〕-1,1-ジメチルエチル}-2,4,8,10-テトラオキサスピロ〔5.5〕ウンデカン、1,1,1-トリメチロールエタン-トリス-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、ソルビトールヘキサ-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、2-ヒドロキシエチル7-(3-メチル-5-tブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート、2-ステアロイルオキシエチル7-(3-メチル-5-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘプタノエート、1,6-n-ヘキサンジオール-ビス[(3′,5′-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシヒドロシンナメート)が含まれる。上記タイプのフェノール化合物は、例えば、BASFジャパン株式会社から、“Irganox1076”及び“Irganox1010”という商品名で市販されている。 Further, a compound in which R 31 is a hydrogen atom and R 32 and R 36 are t-butyl groups is preferable. Specific examples of phenolic compounds include n-octadecyl 3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) -propionate, n-octadecyl 3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4 -Hydroxyphenyl) -acetate, n-octadecyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, n-hexyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenylbenzoate, n-dodecyl 3,5 -Di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenylbenzoate, neo-dodecyl 3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, dodecyl β (3,5-di-t-butyl-4 -Hydroxyphenyl) propionate, ethyl α- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylphenyl) isobutyrate, octadecyl α- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butylphenyl) isobutyrate, octadecyl α- (4-hydroxy-3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, 2- (n- Octylthio) ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-benzoate, 2- (n-octylthio) ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-phenyl acetate, 2- (n-octadecyl) Thio) ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl acetate, 2- (n-octadecylthio) ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-benzoate, 2- (2-hydroxy Ethylthio) ethyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, diethyl glycol bis- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4- Droxy-phenyl) propionate, 2- (n-octadecylthio) ethyl 3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, stearamide N, N-bis- [ethylene 3- (3,5 -Di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], n-butylimino N, N-bis- [ethylene 3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 2- ( 2-stearoyloxyethylthio) ethyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, 2- (2-stearoyloxyethylthio) ethyl 7- (3-methyl-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy Phenyl) heptanoate, 1,2-propylene glycol bis- [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxypheny ) Propionate], ethylene glycol bis- [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], neopentyl glycol bis- [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4) -Hydroxyphenyl) propionate], ethylene glycol bis- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl acetate), glycerin-ln-octadecanoate-2,3-bis- (3,5 -Di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl acetate), pentaerythritol tetrakis- [3- (3 ', 5'-di-t-butyl-4'-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 3,9-bis- { 2- [3- (3-tert-Butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) propionyloxy] -1,1-dimethylethyl -2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5.5] undecane, 1,1,1-trimethylolethane-tris- [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) Propionate], sorbitol hexa- [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 2-hydroxyethyl 7- (3-methyl-5-tbutyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate 2-stearoyloxyethyl 7- (3-methyl-5-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) heptanoate, 1,6-n-hexanediol-bis [(3 ′, 5′-di-t-butyl- 4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], pentaerythritol tetrakis (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyhydrocinnamate) Be turned. The phenol compound of the above type is commercially available, for example, from BASF Japan Ltd. under the trade names “Irganox 1076” and “Irganox 1010”.
 上記、フェノール化合物は、それぞれ一種あるいは二種以上組み合わせて用いることができ、その配合量は本発明の目的を損なわない範囲で適宜選択されるが、樹脂(アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂)100質量部に対して、通常0.001~10.0質量部の範囲内、好ましくは0.05~5.0質量部の範囲内、更に好ましくは、0.1~2.0質量部の範囲内である。 The above-mentioned phenol compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the blending amount thereof is appropriately selected within the range not impairing the object of the present invention, but 100 parts by mass of resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin) Is usually within the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by mass, preferably within the range of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass, and more preferably within the range of 0.1 to 2.0 parts by mass. is there.
 (ヒンダードアミン系化合物)
 本発明に好ましく用いられるヒンダードアミン系化合物としては、下記一般式(4)で表されるヒンダードアミン系化合物が好ましい。
(Hindered amine compounds)
The hindered amine compound preferably used in the present invention is preferably a hindered amine compound represented by the following general formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 式中、R41~R47は置換基を表す。置換基としては前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義である。R44は水素原子、メチル基、R47は水素原子、R42、R43、R45、R46はメチル基が好ましい。ヒンダードアミン系化合物の具体例としては、ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)スクシネート、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(N-オクトキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(N-ベンジルオキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(N-シクロヘキシルオキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)2-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-2-ブチルマロネート、ビス(1-アクロイル-2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)2,2-ビス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-2-ブチルマロネート、ビス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)デカンジオエート、2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジルメタクリレート、4-[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ]-1-[2-(3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオニルオキシ)エチル]-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン、2-メチル-2-(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)アミノ-N-(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)プロピオンアミド、テトラキス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボキシレート、テトラキス(1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジル)1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボキシレート等が挙げられる。 In the formula, R 41 to R 47 each represents a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). R 44 is preferably a hydrogen atom and a methyl group, R 47 is a hydrogen atom, and R 42 , R 43 , R 45 and R 46 are preferably a methyl group. Specific examples of hindered amine compounds include bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) succinate, bis (1 , 2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (N-octoxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (N-benzyloxy-2,2) , 6,6-Tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (N-cyclohexyloxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1,2,2,6,6- Pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) 2- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2-butylmalonate, bis (1-acryloyl-2,2,6,6- Tramethyl-4-piperidyl) 2,2-bis (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2-butylmalonate, bis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4- Piperidyl) decanedioate, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl methacrylate, 4- [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy] -1- [ 2- (3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy) ethyl] -2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine, 2-methyl-2- (2,2, 6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) amino-N- (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) propionamide, tetrakis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylate, tetrakis (1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) 1,2,3,4-butane tetracarboxylate, and the like.
 また、高分子タイプの化合物でもよく、具体例としては、N,N′,N″,N″′-テトラキス-[4,6-ビス-〔ブチル-(N-メチル-2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン-4-イル)アミノ〕-トリアジン-2-イル]-4,7-ジアザデカン-1,10-ジアミン、ジブチルアミンと1,3,5-トリアジン-N,N′-ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)-1,6-ヘキサメチレンジアミンとN-(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)ブチルアミンとの重縮合物、ジブチルアミンと1,3,5-トリアジンとN,N′-ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)ブチルアミンとの重縮合物、ポリ〔{(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)アミノ-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4-ジイル}{(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)イミノ}ヘキサメチレン{(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)イミノ}〕、1,6-ヘキサンジアミン-N,N′-ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)とモルフォリン-2,4,6-トリクロロ-1,3,5-トリアジンとの重縮合物、ポリ[(6-モルフォリノ-s-トリアジン-2,4-ジイル)〔(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)イミノ〕-ヘキサメチレン〔(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)イミノ〕]等の、ピペリジン環がトリアジン骨格を介して複数結合した高分子量HALS;コハク酸ジメチルと4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-1-ピペリジンエタノールとの重合物、1,2,3,4-ブタンテトラカルボン酸と1,2,2,6,6-ペンタメチル-4-ピペリジノールと3,9-ビス(2-ヒドロキシ-1,1-ジメチルエチル)-2,4,8,10-テトラオキサスピロ[5,5]ウンデカンとの混合エステル化物等の、ピペリジン環がエステル結合を介して結合した化合物等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Further, it may be a polymer type compound. Specific examples include N, N ′, N ″, N ″ ′-tetrakis- [4,6-bis- [butyl- (N-methyl-2,2,6, 6-tetramethylpiperidin-4-yl) amino] -triazin-2-yl] -4,7-diazadecane-1,10-diamine, dibutylamine and 1,3,5-triazine-N, N′-bis ( 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) -1,6-hexamethylenediamine and N- (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) butylamine polycondensate, di Polycondensate of butylamine, 1,3,5-triazine and N, N′-bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) butylamine, poly [{(1,1,3,3 -Tetramethylbutyl) amino-1,3,5-to Azine-2,4-diyl} {(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino} hexamethylene {(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino}], Between 1,6-hexanediamine-N, N'-bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) and morpholine-2,4,6-trichloro-1,3,5-triazine Polycondensate, poly [(6-morpholino-s-triazine-2,4-diyl) [(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino] -hexamethylene [(2,2,6 , 6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino]], etc., high molecular weight HALS in which a plurality of piperidine rings are bonded via a triazine skeleton; dimethyl succinate and 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl- 1-piperidine Polymer with tanol, 1,2,3,4-butanetetracarboxylic acid, 1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinol and 3,9-bis (2-hydroxy-1,1-dimethyl) (Ethyl) -2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5,5] undecane, and the like, and the like include, but are not limited to, compounds in which a piperidine ring is bonded via an ester bond. It is not a thing.
 これらの中でも、ジブチルアミンと1,3,5-トリアジンとN,N′-ビス(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)ブチルアミンとの重縮合物、ポリ〔{(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)アミノ-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4-ジイル}{(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)イミノ}ヘキサメチレン{(2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-4-ピペリジル)イミノ}〕、コハク酸ジメチルと4-ヒドロキシ-2,2,6,6-テトラメチル-1-ピペリジンエタノールとの重合物等で、数平均分子量(Mn)が2,000~5,000の範囲内のものが好ましい。 Among these, polycondensates of dibutylamine, 1,3,5-triazine and N, N′-bis (2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) butylamine, poly [{(1, 1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) amino-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diyl} {(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino} hexamethylene {(2 , 2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino}], a polymer of dimethyl succinate and 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-1-piperidineethanol, etc. Those having a molecular weight (Mn) in the range of 2,000 to 5,000 are preferred.
 上記タイプのヒンダードアミン化合物は、例えば、BASFジャパン株式会社から、“Tinuvin144”及び“Tinuvin770”、株式会社ADEKAから“アデカスタブ LA-52”という商品名で市販されている。 The hindered amine compound of the above type is commercially available, for example, from BASF Japan Co., Ltd. under the trade names “Tinvin 144” and “Tinvin 770”, and from ADEKA Co., Ltd. under the name “Adeka Stub LA-52”.
 上記、ヒンダードアミン化合物は、それぞれ一種あるいは二種以上組み合わせて用いることができ、その配合量は本発明の目的を損なわない範囲で適宜選択されるが、樹脂(アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂)100質量部に対して、通常0.001~10.0質量部の範囲内、好ましくは0.05~5.0質量部の範囲内、更に好ましくは、0.1~2.0質量部の範囲内である。 The above-mentioned hindered amine compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the blending amount is appropriately selected within the range not impairing the object of the present invention, but 100 parts by mass of resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin) Is usually within the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by mass, preferably within the range of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass, and more preferably within the range of 0.1 to 2.0 parts by mass. is there.
 (3)二次酸化防止剤
 本発明の光学フィルムは、パーオキサイドに対する還元作用を有する二次酸化防止剤を少なくとも一種以上含有することが好ましい。
(3) Secondary antioxidant The optical film of the present invention preferably contains at least one secondary antioxidant having a reducing action on peroxide.
 本発明において「パーオキサイドに対する還元作用を有する二次酸化防止剤」とは、パーオキサイドを速やかに還元してヒドロキシ基に変換する還元性化合物である。 In the present invention, the “secondary antioxidant having a reducing action on peroxide” is a reducing compound that rapidly reduces peroxide to convert it into a hydroxy group.
 パーオキサイドに対する還元能を有する二次酸化防止剤としてはリン系化合物、又は硫黄系化合物が好ましい。 As the secondary antioxidant having a reducing ability for peroxide, a phosphorus compound or a sulfur compound is preferable.
 (リン系化合物)
 本発明に好ましく用いられるリン系化合物としては、ホスファイト(phosphite)、ホスホナイト(phosphonite)、ホスフィナイト(phosphinite)、又は第3級ホスファン(phosphane)からなる群より選ばれるリン系化合物が好ましく、具体的には下記一般式(5-1)、(5-2)、(5-3)、(5-4)、(C-5)で表される部分構造を分子内に有する化合物が好ましい。
(Phosphorus compounds)
The phosphorus compound preferably used in the present invention is preferably a phosphorus compound selected from the group consisting of phosphite, phosphonite, phosphinite, or tertiary phosphane. A compound having a partial structure represented by the following general formulas (5-1), (5-2), (5-3), (5-4), and (C-5) in the molecule is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式中、Ph及びPh′は置換基を表す。置換基としては前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義である。より好ましくは、Ph及びPh′はフェニレン基を表し、当該フェニレン基の水素原子はフェニル基、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数5~8のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~12のアルキルシクロアルキル基又は炭素数7~12のアラルキル基で置換されていてもよい。Ph及びPh′は互いに同一でもよく、異なってもよい。Xは単結合、硫黄原子又は-CHR-基を表す。Rは水素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基又は炭素数5~8のシクロアルキル基を表す。また、これらは前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義の置換基により置換されてもよい。 In the formula, Ph 1 and Ph ′ 1 represent a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). More preferably, Ph 1 and Ph ′ 1 represent a phenylene group, and the hydrogen atom of the phenylene group is a phenyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or 6 to 12 carbon atoms. And may be substituted with an alkylcycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms. Ph 1 and Ph ′ 1 may be the same as or different from each other. X represents a single bond, a sulfur atom or a —CHR— group. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms. These may be substituted with a substituent having the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 式中、Ph及びPh′は置換基を表す。置換基としては前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義である。より好ましくは、Ph及びPh′はフェニル基又はビフェニル基を表し、当該フェニル基又はビフェニル基の水素原子は炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数5~8のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~12のアルキルシクロアルキル基又は炭素数7~12のアラルキル基で置換されていてもよい。Ph及びPh′は互いに同一でもよく、異なってもよい。また、これらは前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義の置換基により置換されてもよい。 Wherein, Ph 2 and Ph '2 each represent a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). More preferably, Ph 2 and Ph ′ 2 represent a phenyl group or a biphenyl group, and the hydrogen atom of the phenyl group or biphenyl group is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or a carbon number. It may be substituted with an alkylcycloalkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms or an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms. Ph 2 and Ph ′ 2 may be the same as or different from each other. These may be substituted with a substituent having the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式中、Phは置換基を表す。置換基としては前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義である。より好ましくは、Phはフェニル基又はビフェニル基を表し、当該フェニル基又はビフェニル基の水素原子は炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数5~8のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~12のアルキルシクロアルキル基又は炭素数7~12のアラルキル基で置換されていてもよい。また、これらは前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義の置換基により置換されてもよい。 In the formula, Ph 3 represents a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). More preferably, Ph 3 represents a phenyl group or a biphenyl group, and the hydrogen atom of the phenyl group or biphenyl group is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 5 to 8 carbon atoms, or a 6 to 12 carbon atom. It may be substituted with an alkylcycloalkyl group or an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms. These may be substituted with a substituent having the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式中、Phは置換基を表す。置換基としては前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義である。より好ましくは、Phは炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフェニル基を表し、当該アルキル基又はフェニル基は前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義の置換基により置換されてもよい。 In the formula, Ph 4 represents a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). More preferably, Ph 4 represents an alkyl group or phenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group or phenyl group is a substituent having the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). It may be substituted by a group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式中、Ph、Ph′及びPh″は置換基を表す。置換基としては前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義である。より好ましくは、Ph、Ph′及びPh″は炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフェニル基を表し、当該アルキル基又はフェニル基は前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義の置換基により置換されてもよい。 In the formula, Ph 5 , Ph ′ 5 and Ph ″ 5 represent a substituent. The substituent has the same meaning as the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). More preferably, Ph 5 , Ph ′ 5 and Ph ″ 5 represent an alkyl group or phenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group or phenyl group is a substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3). It may be substituted with a substituent having the same meaning as
 リン系化合物の具体例としては、トリフェニルホスファイト、ジフェニルイソデシルホスファイト、フェニルジイソデシルホスファイト、トリス(ノニルフェニル)ホスファイト、トリス(ジノニルフェニル)ホスファイト、トリス(2,4-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル)ホスファイト、10-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシベンジル)-9,10-ジヒドロ-9-オキサ-10-ホスファフェナントレン-10-オキサイド、6-[3-(3-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-メチルフェニル)プロポキシ]-2,4,8,10-テトラ-t-ブチルジベンズ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン、トリデシルホスファイト等のモノホスファイト系化合物;4,4′-ブチリデン-ビス(3-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェニル-ジ-トリデシルホスファイト)、4,4′-イソプロピリデン-ビス(フェニル-ジ-アルキル(C12~C15)ホスファイト)等のジホスファイト系化合物;トリフェニルホスホナイト、テトラキス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)[1,1-ビフェニル]-4,4′-ジイルビスホスホナイト、テトラキス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-5-メチルフェニル)[1,1-ビフェニル]-4,4′-ジイルビスホスホナイト等のホスホナイト系化合物;トリフェニルホスフィナイト、2,6-ジメチルフェニルジフェニルホスフィナイト等のホスフィナイト系化合物;トリフェニルホスフィン、トリス(2,6-ジメトキシフェニル)ホスフィン等のホスフィン系化合物;等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of phosphorus compounds include triphenyl phosphite, diphenylisodecyl phosphite, phenyl diisodecyl phosphite, tris (nonylphenyl) phosphite, tris (dinonylphenyl) phosphite, tris (2,4-di-). t-butylphenyl) phosphite, 10- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -9,10-dihydro-9-oxa-10-phosphaphenanthrene-10-oxide, 6- [ 3- (3-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenyl) propoxy] -2,4,8,10-tetra-t-butyldibenz [d, f] [1,3,2] dioxaphosphine Monophosphite compounds such as pin and tridecyl phosphite; 4,4′-butylidene-bis (3-methyl-6-tert-butyl) Diphosphite compounds such as ruphenyl-di-tridecyl phosphite), 4,4'-isopropylidene-bis (phenyl-di-alkyl (C12-C15) phosphite); triphenylphosphonite, tetrakis (2,4- Di-tert-butylphenyl) [1,1-biphenyl] -4,4'-diylbisphosphonite, tetrakis (2,4-di-tert-butyl-5-methylphenyl) [1,1-biphenyl]- Phosphonite compounds such as 4,4'-diylbisphosphonite; phosphinite compounds such as triphenylphosphinite and 2,6-dimethylphenyldiphenylphosphinite; triphenylphosphine and tris (2,6-dimethoxyphenyl) Phosphine compounds such as phosphine; and the like.
 上記タイプのリン系化合物は、例えば、住友化学株式会社から、“SumilizerGP”、株式会社ADEKAから“アデカスタブ PEP-24G”、“アデカスタブ PEP-36”及び“アデカスタブ 3010”、BASFジャパン株式会社から“IRGAFOS P-EPQ”、堺化学工業株式会社から“GSY-P101”という商品名で市販されている。 Phosphorus compounds of the above type are, for example, “SumilizerGP” from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., “Adeka Stub PEP-24G”, “Adeka Stub PEP-36” and “Adeka Stub 3010” from ADEKA Co., Ltd., “IRGAFOS from BASF Japan K.K. “P-EPQ” is commercially available from Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. under the trade name “GSY-P101”.
 上記、リン系化合物は、それぞれ一種あるいは二種以上組み合わせて用いることができ、その配合量は本発明の目的を損なわない範囲で適宜選択されるが、樹脂(アクリル樹脂とセルロース樹脂)100質量部に対して、通常0.001~10.0質量部の範囲内、好ましくは0.05~5.0質量部の範囲内、更に好ましくは、0.05~2.0質量部の範囲内である。 The above phosphorus compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the blending amount thereof is appropriately selected within the range not impairing the object of the present invention, but 100 parts by mass of resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin) Is usually within the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by mass, preferably within the range of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass, and more preferably within the range of 0.05 to 2.0 parts by mass. is there.
 (イオウ系化合物)
 本発明に好ましく用いられるイオウ系化合物としては、下記一般式(6)で表されるイオウ系化合物が好ましい。
(Sulfur compounds)
The sulfur compound preferably used in the present invention is preferably a sulfur compound represented by the following general formula (6).
 一般式(6)
  R61-S-R62
 式中、R61及びR62は置換基を表す。置換基としては前記一般式(3)のR31~R36で表される置換基と同義である。
General formula (6)
R 61 -SR 62
In the formula, R 61 and R 62 represent a substituent. The substituent is synonymous with the substituent represented by R 31 to R 36 in the general formula (3).
 イオウ系化合物の具体例としては、ジラウリル3,3-チオジプロピオネート、ジミリスチル3,3′-チオジプロピオネート、ジステアリル3,3-チオジプロピオネート、ラウリルステアリル3,3-チオジプロピオネート、ペンタエリスリトール-テトラキス(β-ラウリル-チオ-プロピオネート)、3,9-ビス(2-ドデシルチオエチル)-2,4,8,10-テトラオキサスピロ[5,5]ウンデカン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the sulfur compound include dilauryl 3,3-thiodipropionate, dimyristyl 3,3'-thiodipropionate, distearyl 3,3-thiodipropionate, lauryl stearyl 3,3-thiodipropioate. And pentaerythritol-tetrakis (β-lauryl-thio-propionate), 3,9-bis (2-dodecylthioethyl) -2,4,8,10-tetraoxaspiro [5,5] undecane .
 上記タイプのイオウ系化合物は、例えば、住友化学株式会社から、“Sumilizer TPL-R”及び“Sumilizer TP-D”という商品名で市販されている。 The above-mentioned types of sulfur compounds are commercially available, for example, from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd. under the trade names “Sumilizer TPL-R” and “Sumilizer TP-D”.
 上記、イオウ系化合物は、それぞれ一種あるいは二種以上組み合わせて用いることができ、その配合量は本発明の目的を損なわない範囲で適宜選択されるが、樹脂(アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂)100質量部に対して、通常0.001~10.0質量部の範囲内、好ましくは0.05~5.0質量部の範囲内、更に好ましくは、0.05~2.0質量部の範囲内である。 The above sulfur compounds can be used singly or in combination of two or more, and the blending amount is appropriately selected within the range not impairing the object of the present invention, but the resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin) 100 mass. Usually within the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by mass, preferably within the range of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass, and more preferably within the range of 0.05 to 2.0 parts by mass. It is.
 〈その他の添加剤〉
 本発明の光学フィルムにおいては、その他添加剤として酸捕捉剤、紫外線吸収剤、可塑剤、マット剤、光学異方性のコントロール剤、帯電防止剤等の添加剤を併用してもよい。
<Other additives>
In the optical film of the present invention, additives such as an acid scavenger, an ultraviolet absorber, a plasticizer, a mat agent, an optical anisotropy control agent and an antistatic agent may be used in combination as other additives.
 (酸捕捉剤)
 溶融流延が行われるような高温環境下では酸によっても分解が促進されるため、本発明の光学フィルムにおいては安定化剤として酸捕捉剤を含有することが好ましい。本発明において有用な酸捕捉剤としては、酸と反応して酸を不活性化する化合物であれば制限なく用いることができるが、中でも米国特許第4,137,201号明細書に記載されているような、エポキシ基を有する化合物が好ましい。
(Acid scavenger)
Since decomposition is accelerated by an acid in a high temperature environment where melt casting is performed, the optical film of the present invention preferably contains an acid scavenger as a stabilizer. Any acid scavenger useful in the present invention can be used without limitation as long as it is a compound that reacts with an acid to inactivate the acid, and is described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,137,201. A compound having an epoxy group is preferred.
 このような酸捕捉剤としてのエポキシ化合物は当該技術分野において既知であり、種々のポリグリコールのジグリシジルエーテル、特にポリグリコール1モル当たりに約8~40モルのエチレンオキシド等の縮合によって誘導されるポリグリコール、グリセロールのジグリシジルエーテル等、金属エポキシ化合物(例えば、塩化ビニルポリマー組成物において、及び塩化ビニルポリマー組成物とともに、従来から利用されているもの)、エポキシ化エーテル縮合生成物、ビスフェノールAのジグリシジルエーテル(即ち、4,4′-ジヒドロキシジフェニルジメチルメタン)、エポキシ化不飽和脂肪酸エステル(特に、2~22個の炭素原子の脂肪酸の4~2個程度の炭素原子のアルキルのエステル(例えば、ブチルエポキシステアレート)等)、及び種々のエポキシ化長鎖脂肪酸トリグリセリド等(例えば、エポキシ化大豆油、エポキシ化亜麻仁油等)の組成物によって代表され例示され得るエポキシ化植物油及び他の不飽和天然油(これらはときとしてエポキシ化天然グリセリド又は不飽和脂肪酸と称され、これらの脂肪酸は一般に12~22個の炭素原子を含有している)が含まれる。 Epoxy compounds as such acid scavengers are known in the art and are derived by condensation of various polyglycol diglycidyl ethers, particularly about 8 to 40 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of polyglycol. Glycol, diglycidyl ethers of glycerol, metal epoxy compounds (such as those conventionally used in and with vinyl chloride polymer compositions), epoxidized ether condensation products, diphenols of bisphenol A Glycidyl ether (ie, 4,4'-dihydroxydiphenyldimethylmethane), epoxidized unsaturated fatty acid ester (especially an ester of an alkyl of about 4 to 2 carbon atoms of a fatty acid of 2 to 22 carbon atoms (eg Butyl epoxy stearate Epoxidized vegetable oils and other unsaturated natural oils, which may be represented and exemplified by compositions of various epoxidized long chain fatty acid triglycerides and the like (eg, epoxidized soybean oil, epoxidized linseed oil, etc.) As epoxidized natural glycerides or unsaturated fatty acids, which generally contain from 12 to 22 carbon atoms).
 また、市販のエポキシ基含有エポキシド樹脂化合物として、EPON 815C、及び下記一般式(7)の他のエポキシ化エーテルオリゴマー縮合生成物も好ましく用いることができる。 Further, as a commercially available epoxy group-containing epoxide resin compound, EPON 815C and other epoxidized ether oligomer condensation products of the following general formula (7) can also be preferably used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式中、nは0~12の整数である。用いることができるその他の酸捕捉剤としては、特開平5-194788号公報の段落87~105に記載されているものが含まれる。 Where n is an integer from 0 to 12. Other acid scavengers that can be used include those described in paragraphs 87 to 105 of JP-A No. 5-194788.
 酸捕捉剤はそれぞれ一種あるいは二種以上組み合わせて用いることができ、その配合量は本発明の目的を損なわない範囲で適宜選択されるが、樹脂(アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂)100質量部に対して、通常0.001~10.0質量部の範囲内、好ましくは0.05~5.0質量部の範囲内、更に好ましくは、0.05~2.0質量部の範囲内である。 Each of the acid scavengers can be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the amount of the acid scavenger is appropriately selected within a range not impairing the object of the present invention. In general, it is in the range of 0.001 to 10.0 parts by mass, preferably in the range of 0.05 to 5.0 parts by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.05 to 2.0 parts by mass.
 なお酸捕捉剤は、樹脂に対して酸掃去剤、酸捕獲剤、酸キャッチャー等と称されることもあるが、本発明においてはこれらの呼称による差異なく用いることができる。 The acid scavenger may be referred to as an acid scavenger, an acid scavenger, an acid catcher or the like with respect to the resin, but can be used in the present invention without any difference due to their names.
 (紫外線吸収剤)
 本発明の光学フィルムにおいては、偏光子や表示装置の紫外線に対する劣化防止の観点から、波長370nm以下の紫外線の吸収能に優れており、かつ液晶表示性の観点から、波長400nm以上の可視光の吸収が少ない紫外線吸収剤を含有することが好ましい。
(UV absorber)
In the optical film of the present invention, from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of the polarizer and the display device with respect to ultraviolet rays, the optical film is excellent in the ability to absorb ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 370 nm or less, and from the viewpoint of liquid crystal display properties, visible light having a wavelength of 400 nm or more is used. It is preferable to contain an ultraviolet absorber that absorbs little.
 本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤としては、例えば、オキシベンゾフェノン系化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、サリチル酸エステル系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、シアノアクリレート系化合物、ニッケル錯塩系化合物、トリアジン系化合物等を挙げることができるが、ベンゾフェノン系化合物や着色の少ないベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、トリアジン系化合物が好ましい。 Examples of the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention include oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, nickel complex compounds, triazine compounds, and the like. However, benzophenone compounds, less colored benzotriazole compounds, and triazine compounds are preferable.
 また、特開平10-182621号、同8-337574号公報記載の紫外線吸収剤、特開平6-148430号、特開2003-113317号公報記載の高分子紫外線吸収剤を用いてもよい。 Further, ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A Nos. 10-182621 and 8-337574, and polymer ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A Nos. 6-148430 and 2003-113317 may be used.
 ベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤の具体例として、2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-5′-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′,5′-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′-tert-ブチル-5′-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′,5′-ジ-tert-ブチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′-(3″,4″,5″,6″-テトラヒドロフタルイミドメチル)-5′-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2,2-メチレンビス(4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)-6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェノール)、2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′-tert-ブチル-5′-メチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′-tert-ブチル-5′-(2-オクチルオキシカルボニルエチル)-フェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2′-ヒドロキシ-3′-(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)-5′-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)-フェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(直鎖及び側鎖ドデシル)-4-メチルフェノール、オクチル-3-〔3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル〕プロピオネートと2-エチルヘキシル-3-〔3-tert-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル〕プロピオネートの混合物等を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されない。 Specific examples of benzotriazole ultraviolet absorbers include 2- (2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl) benzo Triazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butylphenyl) -5 Chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2′-hydroxy-3 ′-(3 ″, 4 ″, 5 ″, 6 ″ -tetrahydrophthalimidomethyl) -5′-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis (4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenol), 2- (2'-hydroxy 3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5 '-(2-octyloxycarbonylethyl) -phenyl)- 5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2′-hydroxy-3 ′-(1-methyl-1-phenylethyl) -5 ′-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -phenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6- (linear and side chain dodecyl) -4-methylphenol, octyl-3- [3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (chloro-2H -Benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate and 2-ethylhexyl-3- [3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro- H- benzotriazol-2-yl) can be mentioned mixtures of phenyl] propionate, and the like.
 また、市販品として、チヌビン(TINUVIN)171、チヌビン(TINUVIN)900、チヌビン(TINUVIN)928、チヌビン(TINUVIN)360(いずれもBASFジャパン社製)、LA31(株式会社ADEKA社製)、RUVA-100(大塚化学製)が挙げられる。 As commercially available products, TINUVIN 171, TINUVIN 900, TINUVIN 928, TINUVIN 360 (all are manufactured by BASF Japan), LA31 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation), RUVA-100 (Made by Otsuka Chemical).
 ベンゾフェノン系化合物の具体例として、2,4-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,2′-ジヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシ-5-スルホベンゾフェノン、ビス(2-メトキシ-4-ヒドロキシ-5-ベンゾイルフェニルメタン)等を挙げることができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of benzophenone compounds include 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone, bis (2-methoxy-4-hydroxy-) 5-benzoylphenylmethane) and the like, but are not limited thereto.
 本発明においては、紫外線吸収剤は樹脂(アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂)に対して0.1~5質量%の範囲内で添加することが好ましく、更に0.2~3質量%の範囲内で添加することが好ましく、更に0.5~2質量%の範囲内で添加することが好ましい。これらは二種以上を併用してもよい。 In the present invention, the ultraviolet absorber is preferably added in the range of 0.1 to 5% by mass, and more preferably in the range of 0.2 to 3% by mass with respect to the resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin). It is preferable to add, and it is more preferable to add within the range of 0.5 to 2% by mass. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
 またベンゾトリアゾール構造やトリアジン構造が、ポリマーの一部、あるいは規則的にポリマーへペンダントされていてもよく、可塑剤、酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤等の他の添加剤の分子構造の一部に導入されていてもよい。 The benzotriazole structure or triazine structure may be part of the polymer or regularly pendant to the polymer, and part of the molecular structure of other additives such as plasticizers, antioxidants, acid scavengers, etc. May be introduced.
 従来公知の紫外線吸収性ポリマーとしては、特に限定されないが、例えば、RUVA-93(大塚化学製)を単独重合させたポリマー及びRUVA-93と他のモノマーとを共重合させたポリマー等が挙げられる。具体的には、RUVA-93とメチルメタクリレートを3:7の比(質量比)で共重合させたPUVA-30M、5:5の比(質量比)で共重合させたPUVA-50M等が挙げられる。更に、特開2003-113317号公報に記載のポリマー等が挙げられる。 The conventionally known UV-absorbing polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a polymer obtained by homopolymerizing RUVA-93 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical) and a polymer obtained by copolymerizing RUVA-93 with other monomers. . Specifically, PUVA-30M obtained by copolymerizing RUVA-93 and methyl methacrylate in a ratio (mass ratio) of 3: 7, and PUVA-50M copolymerized in a ratio of 5: 5 (mass ratio). It is done. Furthermore, the polymer etc. which are described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2003-113317 are mentioned.
 (可塑剤)
 本発明の光学フィルムにおいては、フィルム中に少なくとも一種の可塑剤を添加してもよい。
(Plasticizer)
In the optical film of the present invention, at least one plasticizer may be added to the film.
 可塑剤とは、一般的には高分子中に添加することによって脆弱性を改良したり、柔軟性を付与したりする効果のある添加剤であるが、例えば、本発明における好ましい態様の樹脂の場合、単独での溶融温度よりも溶融温度を低下させるため、また同じ加熱温度において樹脂単独よりも可塑剤を含むフィルム構成材料の溶融粘度を低下させるために、可塑剤を添加する。また、セルロース樹脂の親水性を改善し、光学フィルムの透湿度改善するためにも添加されるため透湿防止剤としての機能を有する。 A plasticizer is generally an additive that has the effect of improving brittleness or imparting flexibility by being added to a polymer. In this case, a plasticizer is added in order to lower the melting temperature than the melting temperature alone, and to lower the melt viscosity of the film constituent material containing the plasticizer than the resin alone at the same heating temperature. Moreover, since it adds also in order to improve the hydrophilic property of a cellulose resin and to improve the water vapor transmission rate of an optical film, it has a function as a moisture permeation preventive agent.
 ここで、フィルム構成材料の溶融温度とは、当該材料が加熱され流動性が発現された状態の温度を意味する。本発明に係る樹脂を溶融流動させるためには、少なくともガラス転移温度よりも高い温度に加熱する必要がある。ガラス転移温度以上においては、熱量の吸収により弾性率あるいは粘度が低下し、流動性が発現される。 Here, the melting temperature of the film constituent material means a temperature at which the material is heated and fluidity is developed. In order to melt and flow the resin according to the present invention, it is necessary to heat at least a temperature higher than the glass transition temperature. Above the glass transition temperature, the elastic modulus or viscosity decreases due to heat absorption, and fluidity is exhibited.
 しかし本発明に係る樹脂では高温下では溶融と同時に熱分解によってセルロース樹脂の分子量の低下が発生し、得られるフィルムの力学特性等に悪影響を及ぼすことがあるため、なるべく低い温度で樹脂を溶融させる必要がある。 However, in the resin according to the present invention, the molecular weight of the cellulose resin may be reduced due to thermal decomposition at the same time as melting at high temperatures, which may adversely affect the mechanical properties of the resulting film. There is a need.
 フィルム構成材料の溶融温度を低下させるためには、本発明に係る樹脂のガラス転移温度よりも低い融点又はガラス転移温度をもつ可塑剤を添加することで達成することができる。 In order to lower the melting temperature of the film constituent material, it can be achieved by adding a plasticizer having a melting point or glass transition temperature lower than the glass transition temperature of the resin according to the present invention.
 本発明の光学フィルムは、可塑剤を樹脂(アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂)に対して0.1~20質量%の範囲内で添加することが好ましく、更に0.2~10質量%の範囲内で添加することが好ましい。これらは二種以上を併用してもよい。 In the optical film of the present invention, it is preferable to add a plasticizer in the range of 0.1 to 20% by mass relative to the resin (acrylic resin and cellulose resin), and further in the range of 0.2 to 10% by mass. It is preferable to add at. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
 本発明においては、多価アルコールと1価のカルボン酸からなるエステル系可塑剤、多価カルボン酸と1価のアルコールからなるエステル系可塑剤が好ましい。 In the present invention, an ester plasticizer comprising a polyhydric alcohol and a monovalent carboxylic acid and an ester plasticizer comprising a polyhydric carboxylic acid and a monohydric alcohol are preferred.
 エステル系可塑剤の原料である多価アルコールの例としては、例えば以下のようなものを挙げることができるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。アドニトール、アラビトール、エチレングリコール、グリセリン、ジグリセリン、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール、1,2-プロパンジオール、1,3-プロパンジオール、ジプロピレングリコール、トリプロピレングリコール、1,2-ブタンジオール、1,3-ブタンジオール、1,4-ブタンジオール、ジブチレングリコール、1,2,4-ブタントリオール、1,5-ペンタンジオール、1,6-ヘキサンジオール、ヘキサントリオール、ガラクチトール、マンニトール、3-メチルペンタン-1,3,5-トリオール、ピナコール、ソルビトール、トリメチロールプロパン、ジトリメチロールプロパン、トリメチロールエタン、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトール、キシリトール等を挙げることができる。特に、エチレングリコール、グリセリン、トリメチロールプロパンが好ましい。 Examples of polyhydric alcohols that are raw materials for ester plasticizers include the following, but the present invention is not limited to these. Adonitol, arabitol, ethylene glycol, glycerin, diglycerin, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, dipropylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, 1,2-butanediol 1,3-butanediol, 1,4-butanediol, dibutylene glycol, 1,2,4-butanetriol, 1,5-pentanediol, 1,6-hexanediol, hexanetriol, galactitol, mannitol, 3-methylpentane-1,3,5-triol, pinacol, sorbitol, trimethylolpropane, ditrimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, xyl Mention may be made of the toll and the like. In particular, ethylene glycol, glycerin, and trimethylolpropane are preferable.
 多価アルコールエステル系の一つであるエチレングリコールエステル系の可塑剤としては、具体的には、エチレングリコールジアセテート、エチレングリコールジブチレート等のエチレングリコールアルキルエステル系の可塑剤、エチレングリコールジシクロプロピルカルボキシレート、エチレングリコールジシクロヘキルカルボキシレート等のエチレングリコールシクロアルキルエステル系の可塑剤、エチレングリコールジベンゾエート、エチレングリコールジ4-メチルベンゾエート等のエチレングリコールアリールエステル系の可塑剤が挙げられる。 Specific examples of ethylene glycol ester plasticizers that are one of the polyhydric alcohol esters include ethylene glycol alkyl ester plasticizers such as ethylene glycol diacetate and ethylene glycol dibutyrate, and ethylene glycol dicyclopropyl. Examples thereof include ethylene glycol cycloalkyl ester plasticizers such as carboxylate and ethylene glycol dicyclohexylcarboxylate, and ethylene glycol aryl ester plasticizers such as ethylene glycol dibenzoate and ethylene glycol di4-methylbenzoate.
 これらアルキレート基、シクロアルキレート基、アリレート基は、同一でもあっても異なっていてもよく、更に置換されていてもよい。またアルキレート基、シクロアルキレート基、アリレート基のミックスでもよく、またこれら置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。 These alkylate groups, cycloalkylate groups, and arylate groups may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. Further, it may be a mix of alkylate group, cycloalkylate group and arylate group, and these substituents may be covalently bonded.
 更にエチレングリコール部も置換されていてもよく、エチレングリコールエステルの部分構造が、ポリマーの一部、あるいは規則的にペンダントされていてもよく、また酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分子構造の一部に導入されていてもよい。 Further, the ethylene glycol part may be substituted, the ethylene glycol ester partial structure may be part of the polymer or regularly pendant, and may be an antioxidant, an acid scavenger, an ultraviolet absorber, etc. It may be introduced into a part of the molecular structure of the additive.
 多価アルコールエステル系の一つであるグリセリンエステル系の可塑剤としては、具体的にはトリアセチン、トリブチリン、グリセリンジアセテートカプリレート、グリセリンオレートプロピオネート等のグリセリンアルキルエステル、グリセリントリシクロプロピルカルボキシレート、グリセリントリシクロヘキシルカルボキシレート等のグリセリンシクロアルキルエステル、グリセリントリベンゾエート、グリセリン4-メチルベンゾエート等のグリセリンアリールエステル、ジグリセリンテトラアセチレート、ジグリセリンテトラプロピオネート、ジグリセリンアセテートトリカプリレート、ジグリセリンテトララウレート、等のジグリセリンアルキルエステル、ジグリセリンテトラシクロブチルカルボキシレート、ジグリセリンテトラシクロペンチルカルボキシレート等のジグリセリンシクロアルキルエステル、ジグリセリンテトラベンゾエート、ジグリセリン3-メチルベンゾエート等のジグリセリンアリールエステル等が挙げられる。これらアルキレート基、シクロアルキルカルボキシレート基、アリレート基は同一でもあっても異なっていてもよく、更に置換されていてもよい。またアルキレート基、シクロアルキルカルボキシレート基、アリレート基のミックスでもよく、またこれら置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。 Specific examples of the glycerin ester plasticizer that is one of the polyhydric alcohol esters include glycerol alkyl esters such as triacetin, tributyrin, glycerol diacetate caprylate, glycerol oleate propionate, and glycerol tricyclopropylcarboxylate. Glycerin cycloalkyl esters such as glycerin tricyclohexyl carboxylate, glyceryl aryl esters such as glycerin tribenzoate and glycerin 4-methylbenzoate, diglycerin tetraacetylate, diglycerin tetrapropionate, diglycerin acetate tricaprylate, diglycerin Diglycerol alkyl esters such as tetralaurate, diglycerol tetracyclobutylcarboxylate, diglycerol Diglycerol cycloalkyl esters such as La cyclopentyl carboxylate, diglycerin tetrabenzoate, diglycerin aryl ester such as diglycerin 3-methylbenzoate or the like. These alkylate groups, cycloalkylcarboxylate groups, and arylate groups may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of alkylate group, cycloalkylcarboxylate group, and arylate group, and these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond.
 更にグリセリン、ジグリセリン部も置換されていてもよく、グリセリンエステル、ジグリセリンエステルの部分構造がポリマーの一部、あるいは規則的にペンダントされていてもよく、また酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分子構造の一部に導入されていてもよい。 Furthermore, the glycerin or diglycerin part may be substituted, the partial structure of the glycerin ester or the diglycerin ester may be part of the polymer or regularly pendant, and the antioxidant, acid scavenger, You may introduce | transduce into a part of molecular structure of additives, such as a ultraviolet absorber.
 その他の多価アルコールエステル系の可塑剤としては、具体的には特開2003-12823号公報の段落30~33記載の多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤が挙げられる。 Specific examples of other polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers include polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers described in paragraphs 30 to 33 of JP-A No. 2003-12823.
 これらアルキレート基、シクロアルキルカルボキシレート基、アリレート基は、同一でもあっても異なっていてもよく、更に置換されていてもよい。またアルキレート基、シクロアルキルカルボキシレート基、アリレート基のミックスでもよく、またこれら置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。 These alkylate groups, cycloalkylcarboxylate groups, and arylate groups may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of alkylate group, cycloalkylcarboxylate group, and arylate group, and these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond.
 更に多価アルコール部も置換されていてもよく、多価アルコールの部分構造が、ポリマーの一部、あるいは規則的にペンダントされていてもよく、また酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分子構造の一部に導入されていてもよい。 Furthermore, the polyhydric alcohol part may be substituted, and the partial structure of the polyhydric alcohol may be a part of the polymer or regularly pendant, and may be an antioxidant, an acid scavenger, an ultraviolet absorber. May be introduced into a part of the molecular structure of the additive.
 上記多価アルコールと1価のカルボン酸からなるエステル系可塑剤の中では、アルキル多価アルコールアリールエステルが好ましく、具体的には上記のエチレングリコールジベンゾエート、グリセリントリベンゾエート、ジグリセリンテトラベンゾエート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラベンゾエート、特開2003-12823号公報の段落31記載例示化合物16が挙げられる。 Among the ester plasticizers composed of the polyhydric alcohol and the monovalent carboxylic acid, alkyl polyhydric alcohol aryl esters are preferable. Specifically, the ethylene glycol dibenzoate, glycerin tribenzoate, diglycerin tetrabenzoate, penta Examples include erythritol tetrabenzoate and exemplified compound 16 described in paragraph 31 of JP-A No. 2003-12823.
 多価カルボン酸エステル系の一つであるジカルボン酸エステル系の可塑剤としては、具体的には、ジドデシルマロネート、ジオクチルアジペート、ジブチルセバケート等のアルキルジカルボン酸アルキルエステル系の可塑剤、ジシクロペンチルサクシネート、ジシクロヘキシルアジーペート等のアルキルジカルボン酸シクロアルキルエステル系の可塑剤、ジフェニルサクシネート、ジ4-メチルフェニルグルタレート等のアルキルジカルボン酸アリールエステル系の可塑剤、ジヘキシル-1,4-シクロヘキサンジカルボキシレート、ジデシルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプタン-2,3-ジカルボキシレート等のシクロアルキルジカルボン酸アルキルエステル系の可塑剤、ジシクロヘキシル-1,2-シクロブタンジカルボキシレート、ジシクロプロピル-1,2-シクロヘキシルジカルボキシレート等のシクロアルキルジカルボン酸シクロアルキルエステル系の可塑剤、ジフェニル-1,1-シクロプロピルジカルボキシレート、ジ2-ナフチル-1,4-シクロヘキサンジカルボキシレート等のシクロアルキルジカルボン酸アリールエステル系の可塑剤、ジエチルフタレート、ジメチルフタレート、ジオクチルフタレート、ジブチルフタレート、ジ-2-エチルヘキシルフタレート等のアリールジカルボン酸アルキルエステル系の可塑剤、ジシクロプロピルフタレート、ジシクロヘキシルフタレート等のアリールジカルボン酸シクロアルキルエステル系の可塑剤、ジフェニルフタレート、ジ4-メチルフェニルフタレート等のアリールジカルボン酸アリールエステル系の可塑剤が挙げられる。これらアルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基は、同一でもあっても異なっていてもよく、また一置換でもよく、これらの置換基は更に置換されていてもよい。 Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid ester plasticizer that is one of the polyvalent carboxylic acid esters include alkyl dicarboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers such as didodecyl malonate, dioctyl adipate, and dibutyl sebacate. Alkyl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizers such as cyclopentyl succinate and dicyclohexyl adipate, alkyl dicarboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizers such as diphenyl succinate and di4-methylphenyl glutarate, dihexyl-1,4-cyclohexane Cycloalkyl dicarboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers such as dicarboxylate and didecylbicyclo [2.2.1] heptane-2,3-dicarboxylate, dicyclohexyl-1,2-cyclobutanedicarboxylate, Cyclopropyl-1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylate and other cycloalkyl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizers, diphenyl-1,1-cyclopropyl dicarboxylate, di-2-naphthyl-1,4-cyclohexane dicarboxylate Cycloalkyldicarboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizers such as diethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, and other aryl dicarboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers, dicyclopropyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate Aryl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizers such as diphenyl phthalate, di4-methylphenyl phthalate and other aryl dicarboxylic acid aryl ester plastics And the like. These alkoxy groups and cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different, may be mono-substituted, and these substituents may be further substituted.
 アルキル基、シクロアルキル基はミックスでもよく、またこれら置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。更にフタル酸の芳香環も置換されていてよく、ダイマー、トリマー、テトラマー等の多量体でもよい。 The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group may be mixed, and these substituents may be bonded together by a covalent bond. Furthermore, the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted, and a multimer such as a dimer, trimer or tetramer may be used.
 またフタル酸エステルの部分構造が、ポリマーの一部、あるいは規則的にポリマーへペンダントされていてもよく、酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分子構造の一部に導入されていてもよい。 In addition, the partial structure of phthalate ester may be part of the polymer or regularly pendant to the polymer, and may be part of the molecular structure of additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, and UV absorbers. It may be introduced.
 その他の多価カルボン酸エステル系の可塑剤としては、具体的にはトリドデシルトリカルバレート、トリブチル-meso-ブタン-1,2,3,4-テトラカルボキシレート等のアルキル多価カルボン酸アルキルエステル系の可塑剤、トリシクロヘキシルトリカルバレート、トリシクロプロピル-2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3-プロパントリカルボキシレート等のアルキル多価カルボン酸シクロアルキルエステル系の可塑剤、トリフェニル2-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3-プロパントリカルボキシレート、テトラ3-メチルフェニルテトラヒドロフラン-2,3,4,5-テトラカルボキシレート等のアルキル多価カルボン酸アリールエステル系の可塑剤、テトラヘキシル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボキシレート、テトラブチル-1,2,3,4-シクロペンタンテトラカルボキシレート等のシクロアルキル多価カルボン酸アルキルエステル系の可塑剤、テトラシクロプロピル-1,2,3,4-シクロブタンテトラカルボキシレート、トリシクロヘキシル-1,3,5-シクロヘキシルトリカルボキシレート等のシクロアルキル多価カルボン酸シクロアルキルエステル系の可塑剤、トリフェニル-1,3,5-シクロヘキシルトリカルボキシレート、ヘキサ4-メチルフェニル-1,2,3,4,5,6-シクロヘキシルヘキサカルボキシレート等のシクロアルキル多価カルボン酸アリールエステル系の可塑剤、トリドデシルベンゼン-1,2,4-トリカルボキシレート、テトラオクチルベンゼン-1,2,4,5-テトラカルボキシレート等のアリール多価カルボン酸アルキルエステル系の可塑剤、トリシクロペンチルベンゼン-1,3,5-トリカルボキシレート、テトラシクロヘキシルベンゼン-1,2,3,5-テトラカルボキシレート等のアリール多価カルボン酸シクロアルキルエステル系の可塑剤トリフェニルベンゼン-1,3,5-テトラカルボキシレート、ヘキサ4-メチルフェニルベンゼン-1,2,3,4,5,6-ヘキサカルボキシレート等のアリール多価カルボン酸アリールエステル系の可塑剤が挙げられる。 Other polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizers include alkyl polycarboxylic acid alkyl esters such as tridodecyl tricarbarate and tributyl-meso-butane-1,2,3,4-tetracarboxylate. Plasticizers, alkylpolycarboxylic acid cycloalkylester plasticizers such as tricyclohexyl tricarbarate, tricyclopropyl-2-hydroxy-1,2,3-propanetricarboxylate, triphenyl 2-hydroxy- Alkyl polyvalent carboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizers such as 1,2,3-propanetricarboxylate, tetra-3-methylphenyltetrahydrofuran-2,3,4,5-tetracarboxylate, tetrahexyl-1,2, 3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylate, tetra Cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers such as til-1,2,3,4-cyclopentanetetracarboxylate, tetracyclopropyl-1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylate, tricyclohexyl- Cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester plasticizers such as 1,3,5-cyclohexyl tricarboxylate, triphenyl-1,3,5-cyclohexyl tricarboxylate, hexa-4-methylphenyl-1,2, Cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizers such as 3,4,5,6-cyclohexylhexacarboxylate, tridodecylbenzene-1,2,4-tricarboxylate, tetraoctylbenzene-1,2,4 Aryl, such as 5-tetracarboxylate Carboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers, such as tricyclopentylbenzene-1,3,5-tricarboxylate, tetracyclohexylbenzene-1,2,3,5-tetracarboxylate, etc. Plasticizers of aryl polyvalent carboxylic acid aryl esters such as plasticizers triphenylbenzene-1,3,5-tetracarboxylate, hexa-4-methylphenylbenzene-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexacarboxylate Agents.
 これらアルコキシ基、シクロアルコキシ基は、同一でもあっても異なっていてもよく、また1置換でもよく、これらの置換基は更に置換されていてもよい。アルキル基、シクロアルキル基はミックスでもよく、またこれら置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。 These alkoxy groups and cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different, and may be monosubstituted, and these substituents may be further substituted. The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group may be mixed, and these substituents may be bonded together by a covalent bond.
 更にフタル酸の芳香環も置換されていてよく、ダイマー、トリマー、テトラマー等の多量体でもよい。またフタル酸エステルの部分構造がポリマーの一部、あるいは規則的にポリマーへペンダントされていてもよく、酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分子構造の一部に導入されていてもよい。 Furthermore, the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted, and a multimer such as a dimer, trimer or tetramer may be used. In addition, the partial structure of phthalate ester may be part of the polymer or may be regularly pendant to the polymer, and introduced into part of the molecular structure of additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, UV absorbers, etc. May be.
 上記多価カルボン酸と1価のアルコールからなるエステル系可塑剤の中では、アルキルジカルボン酸アルキルエステルが好ましく、具体的には上記のジオクチルアジペートが挙げられる。 Among the ester plasticizers composed of the polyvalent carboxylic acid and the monohydric alcohol, alkyl dicarboxylic acid alkyl esters are preferable, and specific examples include the dioctyl adipate.
 本発明に用いられるその他の可塑剤としては、燐酸エステル系可塑剤、炭水化物エステル系可塑剤、ポリマー可塑剤等が挙げられる。 Other plasticizers used in the present invention include phosphate ester plasticizers, carbohydrate ester plasticizers, polymer plasticizers, and the like.
 燐酸エステル系の可塑剤としては、具体的には、トリアセチルホスフェート、トリブチルホスフェート等の燐酸アルキルエステル、トリシクロベンチルホスフェート、シクロヘキシルホスフェート等の燐酸シクロアルキルエステル、トリフェニルホスフェート、トリクレジルホスフェート、クレジルフェニルホスフェート、オクチルジフェニルホスフェート、ジフェニルビフェニルホスフェート、トリオクチルホスフェート、トリブチルホスフェート、トリナフチルホスフェート、トリキシリルオスフェート、トリスオルト-ビフェニルホスフェート等の燐酸アリールエステルが挙げられる。これらの置換基は同一でもあっても異なっていてもよく、更に置換されていてもよい。 Specific examples of the phosphoric acid ester plasticizer include phosphoric acid alkyl esters such as triacetyl phosphate and tributyl phosphate, phosphoric acid cycloalkyl esters such as tricyclopentyl phosphate and cyclohexyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, Examples thereof include phosphoric acid aryl esters such as cresyl phenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate, trioctyl phosphate, tributyl phosphate, trinaphthyl phosphate, trixylyl phosphate, tris ortho-biphenyl phosphate. These substituents may be the same or different, and may be further substituted.
 またアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基のミックスでもよく、また置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。 Also, it may be a mix of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group, and substituents may be covalently bonded.
 また、エチレンビス(ジメチルホスフェート)、ブチレンビス(ジエチルホスフェート)等のアルキレンビス(ジアルキルホスフェート)、エチレンビス(ジフェニルホスフェート)、プロピレンビス(ジナフチルホスフェート)等のアルキレンビス(ジアリールホスフェート)、フェニレンビス(ジブチルホスフェート)、ビフェニレンビス(ジオクチルホスフェート)等のアリーレンビス(ジアルキルホスフェート)、フェニレンビス(ジフェニルホスフェート)、ナフチレンビス(ジトルイルホスフェート)等のアリーレンビス(ジアリールホスフェート)等の燐酸エステルが挙げられる。これらの置換基は同一でもあっても異なっていてもよく、更に置換されていてもよい。 Also, alkylene bis (dialkyl phosphate) such as ethylene bis (dimethyl phosphate), butylene bis (diethyl phosphate), alkylene bis (diaryl phosphate) such as ethylene bis (diphenyl phosphate), propylene bis (dinaphthyl phosphate), phenylene bis (dibutyl) Phosphate), arylene bis (dialkyl phosphate) such as biphenylene bis (dioctyl phosphate), phosphate esters such as arylene bis (diaryl phosphate) such as phenylene bis (diphenyl phosphate) and naphthylene bis (ditoluyl phosphate). These substituents may be the same or different, and may be further substituted.
 またアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基のミックスでもよく、また置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。 Also, it may be a mix of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group, and substituents may be covalently bonded.
 更に燐酸エステルの部分構造が、ポリマーの一部、あるいは規則的にペンダントされていてもよく、また酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分子構造の一部に導入されていてもよい。上記化合物の中では、燐酸アリールエステル、アリーレンビス(ジアリールホスフェート)が好ましく、具体的にはトリフェニルホスフェート、フェニレンビス(ジフェニルホスフェート)が好ましい。 Furthermore, the partial structure of the phosphate ester may be part of the polymer or may be regularly pendant, and may be introduced into part of the molecular structure of additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, and UV absorbers. It may be. Among the above-mentioned compounds, phosphoric acid aryl ester and arylene bis (diaryl phosphate) are preferable, and specifically, triphenyl phosphate and phenylene bis (diphenyl phosphate) are preferable.
 次に、炭水化物エステル系可塑剤について説明する。炭水化物とは、糖類がピラノース又はフラノース(6員環又は5員環)の形態で存在する単糖類、二糖類又は三糖類を意味する。炭水化物の非限定的例としては、グルコース、サッカロース、ラクトース、セロビオース、マンノース、キシロース、リボース、ガラクトース、アラビノース、フルクトース、ソルボース、セロトリオース及びラフィノース等が挙げられる。 Next, the carbohydrate ester plasticizer will be described. The carbohydrate means a monosaccharide, disaccharide or trisaccharide in which the saccharide is present in the form of pyranose or furanose (6-membered ring or 5-membered ring). Non-limiting examples of carbohydrates include glucose, saccharose, lactose, cellobiose, mannose, xylose, ribose, galactose, arabinose, fructose, sorbose, cellotriose and raffinose.
 炭水化物エステルとは、炭水化物のヒドロキシ基とカルボン酸が脱水縮合してエステル化合物を形成したものを指し、詳しくは、炭水化物の脂肪族カルボン酸エステル、あるいは芳香族カルボン酸エステルを意味する。 The carbohydrate ester refers to an ester compound formed by dehydration condensation of a hydroxy group of a carbohydrate and a carboxylic acid, and specifically means an aliphatic carboxylic acid ester or an aromatic carboxylic acid ester of a carbohydrate.
 脂肪族カルボン酸として、例えば酢酸、プロピオン酸等を挙げることができ、芳香族カルボン酸として、例えば安息香酸、トルイル酸、アニス酸等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include acetic acid and propionic acid, and examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid include benzoic acid, toluic acid and anisic acid.
 炭水化物は、その種類に応じたヒドロキシ基の数を有するが、ヒドロキシ基の一部とカルボン酸が反応してエステル化合物を形成しても、ヒドロキシ基の全部とカルボン酸が反応してエステル化合物を形成してもよい。本発明においては、ヒドロキシ基の全部とカルボン酸が反応してエステル化合物を形成するのが好ましい。 Carbohydrates have a number of hydroxy groups depending on the type, but even if a portion of the hydroxy group reacts with a carboxylic acid to form an ester compound, the entire hydroxy group reacts with the carboxylic acid to form an ester compound. It may be formed. In the present invention, it is preferred that all of the hydroxy groups react with the carboxylic acid to form an ester compound.
 炭水化物エステル系可塑剤として、具体的には、グルコースペンタアセテート、グルコースペンタプロピオネート、グルコースペンタブチレート、サッカロースオクタアセテート、サッカロースオクタベンゾエート等を好ましく挙げることができ、この内、サッカロースオクタアセテート、サッカロースオクタベンゾエートがより好ましく、サッカロースオクタベンゾエートが特に好ましい。 Specific examples of the carbohydrate ester plasticizer include glucose pentaacetate, glucose pentapropionate, glucose pentabtylate, saccharose octaacetate, saccharose octabenzoate and the like. Among these, saccharose octaacetate, saccharose Octabenzoate is more preferred, and sucrose octabenzoate is particularly preferred.
 これらの化合物の一例を下記に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of these compounds are listed below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
 モノペットSB:第一工業製薬社製
 モノペットSOA:第一工業製薬社製
 ポリマー可塑剤としては、具体的には、脂肪族炭化水素系ポリマー、脂環式炭化水素系ポリマー、ポリアクリル酸エチル、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸メチルとメタクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチルとの共重合体(例えば、共重合比1:99~99:1の間の任意の比率)等のアクリル系ポリマー、ポリビニルイソブチルエーテル、ポリN-ビニルピロリドン等のビニル系ポリマー、ポリスチレン、ポリ4-ヒドロキシスチレン等のスチレン系ポリマー、ポリブチレンサクシネート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル、ポリエチレンオキシド、ポリプロピレンオキシド等のポリエーテル、ポリアミド、ポリウレタン、ポリウレア等が挙げられる。
Monopet SB: manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Monopet SOA: manufactured by Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Specific examples of the polymer plasticizer include aliphatic hydrocarbon polymers, alicyclic hydrocarbon polymers, and ethyl polyacrylate. Acrylic polymers such as polymethyl methacrylate, copolymers of methyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate (eg, any ratio between 1:99 and 99: 1), polyvinyl isobutyl Ethers, vinyl polymers such as poly N-vinyl pyrrolidone, styrene polymers such as polystyrene and poly 4-hydroxystyrene, polybutylene succinate, polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, polyethers such as polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide , Polyamide, polyureta , And a polyurea or the like.
 数平均分子量は1000~500000の範囲内程度が好ましく、特に好ましくは、5000~200000の範囲内である。1000以上であれば揮発性を小さくすることができ、500000以下であれば、可塑化能力が高く、光学フィルムの機械的性質が良好である。これらポリマー可塑剤は一種の繰り返し単位からなる単独重合体でも、複数の繰り返し構造体を有する共重合体でもよい。また、上記ポリマーを二種以上併用して用いてもよい。 The number average molecular weight is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 500,000, particularly preferably in the range of 5,000 to 200,000. If it is 1000 or more, the volatility can be reduced, and if it is 500000 or less, the plasticizing ability is high and the mechanical properties of the optical film are good. These polymer plasticizers may be a homopolymer composed of one type of repeating unit or a copolymer having a plurality of repeating structures. Two or more of the above polymers may be used in combination.
 (マット剤)
 本発明に係る光学フィルムは、滑り性や光学的、機械的機能を付与するためにマット剤を添加することができる。マット剤としては、無機化合物の微粒子又は有機化合物の微粒子が挙げられる。
(Matting agent)
In the optical film according to the present invention, a matting agent can be added in order to impart slipperiness, optical and mechanical functions. Examples of the matting agent include inorganic compound fine particles and organic compound fine particles.
 マット剤の形状は、球状、棒状、針状、層状、平板状等の形状のものが好ましく用いられる。マット剤としては、例えば、二酸化ケイ素、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、カオリン、タルク、焼成ケイ酸カルシウム、水和ケイ酸カルシウム、ケイ酸アルミニウム、ケイ酸マグネシウム、リン酸カルシウム等の金属の酸化物、リン酸塩、ケイ酸塩、炭酸塩等の無機微粒子や架橋高分子微粒子を挙げることができる。 The shape of the matting agent is preferably a spherical shape, rod shape, needle shape, layer shape, flat plate shape or the like. Examples of the matting agent include silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, and calcium phosphate. Examples thereof include inorganic fine particles such as oxides, phosphates, silicates, and carbonates, and crosslinked polymer fine particles.
 中でも、二酸化ケイ素がフィルムのヘイズを低くできるので好ましい。これらの微粒子は有機物により表面処理されていることが、フィルムのヘイズを低下できるため好ましい。 Among these, silicon dioxide is preferable because it can reduce the haze of the film. These fine particles are preferably surface-treated with an organic substance because the haze of the film can be reduced.
 表面処理は、ハロシラン類、アルコキシシラン類、シラザン、シロキサン等で行うことが好ましい。微粒子の平均粒径が大きい方が滑り性効果は大きく、反対に平均粒径の小さい方は透明性に優れる。また、微粒子の一次粒子の平均粒径は0.01~1.0μmの範囲である。好ましい微粒子の一次粒子の平均粒径は5~50nmの範囲内が好ましく、更に好ましくは、7~14nmの範囲内である。これらの微粒子は、光学フィルム表面に0.01~1.0μmの範囲内の凹凸を生成させるために好ましく用いられる。 The surface treatment is preferably performed with halosilanes, alkoxysilanes, silazane, siloxane, or the like. The larger the average particle size of the fine particles, the greater the sliding effect, and the smaller the average particle size, the better the transparency. The average primary particle size of the fine particles is in the range of 0.01 to 1.0 μm. The average primary particle diameter of the preferred fine particles is preferably in the range of 5 to 50 nm, and more preferably in the range of 7 to 14 nm. These fine particles are preferably used for generating irregularities in the range of 0.01 to 1.0 μm on the optical film surface.
 二酸化ケイ素の微粒子としては、日本アエロジル(株)製のアエロジル(AEROSIL)200、200V、300、R972、R972V、R974、R202、R812、OX50、TT600、NAX50等、日本触媒(株)製のKE-P10、KE-P30、KE-P100、KE-P150等を挙げることができ、好ましくはアエロジル200V、R972V、NAX50、KE-P30、KE-P100である。これらの微粒子は二種以上併用してもよい。 As the fine particles of silicon dioxide, Aerosil 200, 200V, 300, R972, R972V, R974, R202, R812, OX50, TT600, NAX50, etc. manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd. are available. P10, KE-P30, KE-P100, KE-P150 and the like can be mentioned. Aerosil 200V, R972V, NAX50, KE-P30 and KE-P100 are preferable. Two or more kinds of these fine particles may be used in combination.
 二種以上併用する場合、任意の割合で混合して使用することができる。平均粒径や材質の異なる微粒子、例えば、アエロジル200VとR972Vを質量比で0.1:99.9~99.9:0.1の範囲内で使用できる。 ¡When two or more types are used together, they can be mixed and used at an arbitrary ratio. Fine particles having different average particle sizes and materials, for example, Aerosil 200V and R972V can be used in a mass ratio of 0.1: 99.9 to 99.9: 0.1.
 これらのマット剤の添加方法は混練する等によって行うことが好ましい。また、別の形態としてあらかじめ溶媒に分散したマット剤と樹脂及び/又は可塑剤及び/又は酸化防止剤及び/又は紫外線吸収剤を混合分散させた後、溶媒を揮発又は沈殿させた固形物を得て、これを樹脂溶融物の製造過程で用いることが、マット剤が樹脂中で均一に分散できる観点から好ましい。 These matting agents are preferably added by kneading. Further, as another form, after a matting agent dispersed in a solvent in advance and a resin and / or plasticizer and / or an antioxidant and / or an ultraviolet absorber are mixed and dispersed, a solid material in which the solvent is volatilized or precipitated is obtained. It is preferable to use this in the process of producing the resin melt from the viewpoint that the matting agent can be uniformly dispersed in the resin.
 上記マット剤は、フィルムの機械的、電気的、光学的特性改善のために添加することもできる。 The matting agent can be added to improve the mechanical, electrical and optical properties of the film.
 なお、これらの微粒子を添加するほど、得られるフィルムの滑り性は向上するが、添加するほどヘイズが上昇するため、含有量は好ましくは(アクリル系樹脂とセルロース樹脂)に対して0.001~5質量%の範囲内が好ましく、より好ましくは0.005~1質量%の範囲内であり、更に好ましくは0.01~0.5質量%の範囲内である。 The slipperiness of the resulting film is improved as these fine particles are added, but the haze increases as the fine particles are added. Therefore, the content is preferably 0.001 to 0.002 (acrylic resin and cellulose resin). It is preferably in the range of 5% by mass, more preferably in the range of 0.005 to 1% by mass, and still more preferably in the range of 0.01 to 0.5% by mass.
 <光学フィルムの製造方法>
 本発明の光学フィルムの製造方法の例を説明する。
<Method for producing optical film>
The example of the manufacturing method of the optical film of this invention is demonstrated.
 (溶融流延法)
 本発明の光学フィルムを製造するための製造方法としては、詳細には、溶液流延法、溶融流延法、プレス成形法、インフレーション法、射出成形法、ブロー成形法、延伸成形法等が挙げられる。これらの中で、機械的強度及び表面精度等に優れる光学フィルムを得るためには、溶融流延法が優れている。
(Melt casting method)
Examples of the production method for producing the optical film of the present invention include a solution casting method, a melt casting method, a press molding method, an inflation method, an injection molding method, a blow molding method, and a stretch molding method. It is done. Among these, the melt casting method is excellent for obtaining an optical film having excellent mechanical strength, surface accuracy, and the like.
 以下、溶融流延法を例にとり、本発明の光学フィルムの製造方法について説明する。 Hereinafter, the method for producing the optical film of the present invention will be described by taking the melt casting method as an example.
 図1は、本発明に係る光学フィルムの製造方法を実施する装置の全体構成の一例を示す概略フローシートであり、図2は、流延ダイから冷却ローラー部分の拡大図である。 FIG. 1 is a schematic flow sheet showing an example of the overall configuration of an apparatus for carrying out the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention, and FIG. 2 is an enlarged view of a cooling roller portion from a casting die.
 図1と図2において、本発明による光学フィルムの製造方法は、セルロース樹脂、アクリル樹脂等のフィルム材料を混合した後、押出機1を用いて、流延ダイ4から第1冷却ローラー5上に溶融押し出し、第1冷却ローラー5に外接させるとともに、更に、第2冷却ローラー7、第3冷却ローラー8の合計3本の冷却ローラーに順に外接させて、冷却固化してフィルム10とする。次いで、剥離ローラー9によって剥離したフィルム10を、次いで延伸装置12によりフィルムの両端部を把持して幅方向に延伸した後、巻き取り装置16により巻き取る。 In FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the manufacturing method of the optical film by this invention is, after mixing film materials, such as a cellulose resin and an acrylic resin, using the extruder 1, it is on the 1st cooling roller 5 from the casting die 4. FIG. While melt-extruding and circumscribing the first cooling roller 5, it is further circumscribed by a total of three cooling rollers, the second cooling roller 7 and the third cooling roller 8, in order to cool and solidify to form a film 10. Next, after the film 10 peeled by the peeling roller 9 is stretched in the width direction by holding both ends of the film by the stretching device 12, the film 10 is wound by the winding device 16.
 また、平面性を矯正するために溶融フィルムを第1冷却ローラー5表面に挟圧するタッチローラー6が設けられている。このタッチローラー6は表面が弾性を有し、第1冷却ローラー5との間でニップを形成している。タッチローラー6についての詳細は後述する。 In addition, a touch roller 6 is provided to clamp the molten film on the surface of the first cooling roller 5 in order to correct the flatness. The touch roller 6 has an elastic surface and forms a nip with the first cooling roller 5. Details of the touch roller 6 will be described later.
 本発明による光学フィルムの製造方法において、溶融押し出しの条件は、他のポリエステル等の熱可塑性樹脂に用いられる条件と同様にして行うことができる。材料はあらかじめ乾燥させておくことが好ましい。真空又は減圧乾燥機や除湿熱風乾燥機等で水分を1000質量ppm以下、好ましくは200質量ppm以下に乾燥させることが望ましい。 In the method for producing an optical film according to the present invention, the conditions for melt extrusion can be carried out in the same manner as the conditions used for other thermoplastic resins such as polyester. The material is preferably dried beforehand. It is desirable to dry the moisture to 1000 ppm by mass or less, preferably 200 ppm by mass or less using a vacuum or reduced pressure dryer or a dehumidifying hot air dryer.
 例えば、熱風や真空又は減圧下で乾燥した樹脂を押出機1を用いて、押し出し温度200~300℃の範囲内程度で溶融し、リーフディスクタイプのフィルター2等で濾過し、異物を除去する。 For example, a resin dried under hot air, vacuum, or reduced pressure is melted using an extruder 1 at an extrusion temperature within a range of 200 to 300 ° C. and filtered through a leaf disk type filter 2 to remove foreign matters.
 供給ホッパー(図示略)から押出機1へ導入する際は、真空下又は減圧下や不活性ガス雰囲気下にして、酸化分解等を防止することが好ましい。 When introducing into the extruder 1 from a supply hopper (not shown), it is preferable to prevent oxidative decomposition and the like under vacuum, reduced pressure, or inert gas atmosphere.
 可塑剤等の添加剤をあらかじめ混合しない場合は、それらを押出機の途中で練り込んでもよい。均一に添加するために、スタチックミキサー3等の混合装置を用いることが好ましい。 When additives such as plasticizer are not mixed in advance, they may be kneaded in the middle of the extruder. In order to add uniformly, it is preferable to use a mixing apparatus such as a static mixer 3.
 本発明において、樹脂と、その他必要により添加される添加剤は、溶融する前に混合しておくことが好ましく、樹脂と添加剤を加熱前に混合することが更に好ましい。混合は、混合機等により行ってもよく、また、前記したように樹脂調製過程において混合してもよい。混合機を使用する場合は、V型混合機、円錐スクリュー型混合機、水平円筒型混合機等、ヘンシェルミキサー、リボンミキサー一般的な混合機を用いることができる。 In the present invention, the resin and other additives that are added as necessary are preferably mixed before melting, and more preferably the resin and the additive are mixed before heating. Mixing may be performed by a mixer or the like, or may be performed in the resin preparation process as described above. When a mixer is used, a general mixer such as a V-type mixer, a conical screw type mixer, a horizontal cylindrical type mixer, a Henschel mixer, or a ribbon mixer can be used.
 上記のようにフィルム構成材料を混合した後に、その混合物を押出機1を用いて直接溶融して製膜するようにしてもよいが、一旦、フィルム構成材料をペレット化した後、当該ペレットを押出機1で溶融して製膜するようにしてもよい。また、フィルム構成材料が、融点の異なる複数の材料を含む場合には、融点の低い材料のみが溶融する温度で一旦、いわゆるおこし状の半溶融物を作製し、半溶融物を押出機1に投入して製膜することも可能である。フィルム構成材料に熱分解しやすい材料が含まれる場合には、溶融回数を減らす目的で、ペレットを作製せずに直接製膜する方法や、上記のようなおこし状の半溶融物を作ってから製膜する方法が好ましい。 After the film constituent materials are mixed as described above, the mixture may be directly melted using the extruder 1 to form a film, but once the film constituent materials are pelletized, the pellets are extruded. The film may be melted by the machine 1 to form a film. When the film constituent material includes a plurality of materials having different melting points, a so-called braided semi-melt is once produced at a temperature at which only a material having a low melting point is melted, and the semi-melt is supplied to the extruder 1. It is also possible to form a film by introducing it. If the film component contains a material that is easily pyrolyzed, in order to reduce the number of times of melting, a method of directly forming a film without producing pellets, or after making a paste-like semi-molten material as described above A method of forming a film is preferred.
 押出機1は、市場で入手可能な種々の押出機を使用可能であるが、溶融混練押出機が好ましく、単軸押出機でも2軸押出機でもよい。フィルム構成材料からペレットを作製せずに、直接製膜を行う場合、適当な混練度が必要であるため2軸押出機を用いることが好ましいが、単軸押出機でも、スクリューの形状をマドック型、ユニメルト型、ダルメージ等の混練型のスクリューに変更することにより、適度の混練が得られるので、使用可能である。フィルム構成材料として、一旦、ペレットやおこし状の半溶融物を使用する場合は、単軸押出機でも2軸押出機でも使用可能である。 The extruder 1 can use various commercially available extruders, but is preferably a melt-kneading extruder, and may be a single screw extruder or a twin screw extruder. When forming a film directly without producing pellets from a film constituting material, it is preferable to use a twin-screw extruder because an appropriate degree of kneading is required. However, even with a single-screw extruder, the screw shape is a Maddock type. By changing to a kneading type screw such as a unimelt type or a dull mage, moderate kneading can be obtained, so that it can be used. When a pellet or braided semi-melt is used as the film constituent material, it can be used in either a single screw extruder or a twin screw extruder.
 押出機1内及び押し出した後の冷却工程は、窒素ガス等の不活性ガスで置換するか、あるいは減圧することにより、酸素の濃度を下げることが好ましい。 The cooling step in the extruder 1 and after the extrusion is preferably performed by substituting with an inert gas such as nitrogen gas or reducing the pressure to reduce the oxygen concentration.
 押出機1内のフィルム構成材料の溶融温度は、フィルム構成材料の粘度や吐出量、製造するシートの厚さ等によって好ましい条件が異なるが、一般的には、フィルムのガラス転移温度Tgに対して、Tg以上、Tg+100℃以下、好ましくはTg+10℃以上、Tg+90℃以下である。押し出し時の溶融粘度は、1~10000Pa・sの範囲内、好ましくは10~1000Pa・sの範囲内である。また、押出機1内でのフィルム構成材料の滞留時間は短い方が好ましく、5分以内、好ましくは3分以内、より好ましくは2分以内である。 Although the preferable conditions for the melting temperature of the film constituent material in the extruder 1 vary depending on the viscosity and discharge rate of the film constituent material, the thickness of the sheet to be manufactured, etc., in general, with respect to the glass transition temperature Tg of the film Tg to Tg + 100 ° C., preferably Tg + 10 ° C. to Tg + 90 ° C. The melt viscosity at the time of extrusion is in the range of 1 to 10000 Pa · s, preferably in the range of 10 to 1000 Pa · s. Further, the residence time of the film constituting material in the extruder 1 is preferably short, and is within 5 minutes, preferably within 3 minutes, and more preferably within 2 minutes.
 滞留時間は、押出機1の種類、押し出す条件にも左右されるが、材料の供給量やL/D、スクリュー回転数、スクリューの溝の深さ等を調整することにより短縮することが可能である。 The residence time depends on the type of the extruder 1 and the extrusion conditions, but can be shortened by adjusting the material supply amount, L / D, screw rotation speed, screw groove depth, and the like. is there.
 押出機1のスクリューの形状や回転数等は、フィルム構成材料の粘度や吐出量等により適宜選択される。本発明において押出機1でのせん断速度は、1/秒~10000/秒の範囲内、好ましくは5/秒~1000/秒の範囲内、より好ましくは10/秒~100/秒の範囲内である。 The shape of the screw and the number of rotations of the extruder 1 are appropriately selected depending on the viscosity of the film constituting material, the discharge amount, and the like. In the present invention, the shear rate in the extruder 1 is in the range of 1 / second to 10,000 / second, preferably in the range of 5 / second to 1000 / second, more preferably in the range of 10 / second to 100 / second. is there.
 本発明に使用できる押出機1としては、一般的にプラスチック成形機として入手可能である。 The extruder 1 that can be used in the present invention is generally available as a plastic molding machine.
 押出機1から押し出されたフィルム構成材料は、流延ダイ4に送られ、流延ダイ4のスリットからフィルム状に押し出される。流延ダイ4はシートやフィルムを製造するために用いられるものであれば特に限定はされない。 The film constituent material extruded from the extruder 1 is sent to the casting die 4 and extruded from the slit of the casting die 4 into a film shape. The casting die 4 is not particularly limited as long as it is used for producing a sheet or a film.
 流延ダイ4の材質としては、ハードクロム、炭化クロム、窒化クロム、炭化チタン、炭窒化チタン、窒化チタン、超鋼、セラミック(タングステンカーバイド、酸化アルミ、酸化クロム)等を溶射若しくはメッキし、表面加工としてバフ、#1000番手以降の砥石を用いるラッピング、#1000番手以上のダイヤモンド砥石を用いる平面切削(切削方向は樹脂の流れ方向に垂直な方向)、電解研磨、電解複合研磨等の加工を施したもの等が挙げられる。流延ダイ4のリップ部の好ましい材質は、流延ダイ4と同様である。またリップ部の表面精度は0.5S以下が好ましく、0.2S以下がより好ましい。 The material of the casting die 4 is sprayed or plated with hard chromium, chromium carbide, chromium nitride, titanium carbide, titanium carbonitride, titanium nitride, super steel, ceramic (tungsten carbide, aluminum oxide, chromium oxide), etc. Processing such as buffing, lapping using a # 1000 or higher grinding wheel, plane cutting using a # 1000 or higher diamond grinding wheel (the cutting direction is perpendicular to the resin flow direction), electrolytic polishing, electrolytic composite polishing, etc. And the like. A preferred material for the lip portion of the casting die 4 is the same as that of the casting die 4. The surface accuracy of the lip is preferably 0.5S or less, and more preferably 0.2S or less.
 この流延ダイ4のスリットは、そのギャップが調整可能なように構成されている。これを図3に示す。流延ダイ4のスリット32を形成する一対のリップのうち、一方は剛性の低い変形しやすいフレキシブルリップ33であり、他方は固定リップ34である。そして、多数のヒートボルト35が流延ダイ4の幅方向すなわちスリット32の長さ方向に一定ピッチで配列されている。 The slit of the casting die 4 is configured so that the gap can be adjusted. This is shown in FIG. Of the pair of lips forming the slit 32 of the casting die 4, one is a flexible lip 33 having low rigidity and easily deformed, and the other is a fixed lip 34. A large number of heat bolts 35 are arranged at a constant pitch in the width direction of the casting die 4, that is, in the length direction of the slits 32.
 各ヒートボルト35には、埋め込み電気ヒーター37と冷却媒体通路とを具えたブロック36が設けられ、各ヒートボルト35が各ブロック36を縦に貫通している。ヒートボルト35の基部はダイ本体31に固定され、先端はフレキシブルリップ33の外面に当接している。 Each heat bolt 35 is provided with a block 36 having an embedded electric heater 37 and a cooling medium passage, and each heat bolt 35 penetrates each block 36 vertically. The base of the heat bolt 35 is fixed to the die body 31, and the tip is in contact with the outer surface of the flexible lip 33.
 そしてブロック36を常時空冷しながら、埋め込み電気ヒーター37の入力を増減してブロック36の温度を上下させ、これによりヒートボルト35を熱伸縮させて、フレキシブルリップ33を変位させてフィルムの厚さを調整する。 While the block 36 is always air-cooled, the input to the embedded electric heater 37 is increased or decreased to increase or decrease the temperature of the block 36, thereby causing the heat bolt 35 to thermally expand and contract, thereby displacing the flexible lip 33 and thereby increasing the film thickness. adjust.
 ダイ後流の所要箇所に厚さ計を設け、これによって検出されたウェブ厚さ情報を制御装置にフィードバックし、この厚さ情報を制御装置で設定厚さ情報と比較し、同装置から来る補正制御量の信号によってヒートボルトの発熱体の電力又はオン率を制御するようにすることもできる。ヒートボルトは、好ましくは、長さ20~40cmの範囲内、直径7~14mmの範囲内を有し、複数、例えば数十本のヒートボルトが、好ましくはピッチ20~40mmの範囲内で配列されている。ヒートボルトの代わりに、手動で軸方向に前後動させることによりスリットギャップを調節するボルトを主体とするギャップ調節部材を設けてもよい。ギャップ調節部材によって調節されたスリットギャップは、通常200~1000μmの範囲内、好ましくは300~800μmの範囲内、より好ましくは400~600μmの範囲内である。 Thickness gauges are installed at the required locations in the wake of the die, and the web thickness information detected by this is fed back to the control device. This thickness information is compared with the set thickness information by the control device, and corrections coming from the device It is also possible to control the power or ON rate of the heat bolt heating element by a control amount signal. The heat bolt preferably has a length within a range of 20 to 40 cm and a diameter within a range of 7 to 14 mm, and a plurality of, for example, several tens of heat bolts are preferably arranged within a range of a pitch of 20 to 40 mm. ing. Instead of the heat bolt, a gap adjusting member mainly composed of a bolt for adjusting the slit gap by manually moving back and forth in the axial direction may be provided. The slit gap adjusted by the gap adjusting member is usually in the range of 200 to 1000 μm, preferably in the range of 300 to 800 μm, more preferably in the range of 400 to 600 μm.
 第1~第3冷却ローラーは、肉厚が20~30mmの範囲内程度のシームレスな鋼管製で、表面が鏡面に仕上げられている。その内部には、冷却液を流す配管が配置されており、配管を流れる冷却液によってローラー上のフィルムから熱を吸収できるように構成されている。この第1ないし第3冷却ローラーの内、第1冷却ローラー5が本発明に係る回転支持体に相当する。 The first to third cooling rollers are made of seamless steel pipe with a wall thickness in the range of 20 to 30 mm, and the surface is mirror finished. Inside, a pipe for flowing a coolant is arranged so that heat can be absorbed from the film on the roller by the coolant flowing through the pipe. Of the first to third cooling rollers, the first cooling roller 5 corresponds to the rotary support according to the present invention.
 一方、第1冷却ローラー5に当接するタッチローラー6は、表面が弾性を有し、第1冷却ローラー5への押圧力によって第1冷却ローラー5の表面に沿って変形し、第1ローラー5との間にニップを形成する。タッチローラー6は挟圧回転体ともいう。タッチローラー6としては、登録特許3194904号、登録特許3422798号、特開2002-36332号、特開2002-36333号などで開示されているタッチローラーを好ましく用いることができる。これらは市販されているものを用いることもできる。 On the other hand, the touch roller 6 in contact with the first cooling roller 5 has an elastic surface and is deformed along the surface of the first cooling roller 5 by the pressing force to the first cooling roller 5. A nip is formed between the two. The touch roller 6 is also called a pinching rotary body. As the touch roller 6, a touch roller disclosed in registered patent 3194904, registered patent 3422798, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-36332, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-36333, or the like can be preferably used. These can also use what is marketed.
 以下にこれらについて、さらに詳細に説明する。 These will be described in more detail below.
 図4は、挟圧回転体の一例を示す断面図である。タッチローラー6の第1の例(以下、タッチローラーA)の概略断面を示す。図に示すように、タッチローラーAは、可撓性の金属スリーブ41の内部に弾性ローラー42を配したものである。 FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of a pinching rotator. The schematic cross section of the 1st example (henceforth, touch roller A) of the touch roller 6 is shown. As shown in the drawing, the touch roller A has a flexible metal sleeve 41 with an elastic roller 42 disposed therein.
 金属スリーブ41は厚さ0.3mmのステンレス製であり、可撓性を有する。金属スリーブ41が薄過ぎると強度が不足し、逆に厚過ぎると弾性が不足する。これらのことから、金属スリーブ41の厚さとしては、0.1~1.5mmの範囲内が好ましい。弾性ローラー42は、軸受を介して回転自在な金属製の内筒43の表面にゴム44を設けてローラー状としたものである。そして、タッチローラーAが第1冷却ローラー5に向けて押圧されると、弾性ローラー42が金属スリーブ41を第1冷却ローラー5に押しつけ、金属スリープ41及び弾性ローラー42は第1冷却ローラー5の形状になじんだ形状に対応しつつ変形し、第1冷却ローラーとの間にニップを形成する。金属スリーブ41の内部で弾性ローラー42との間に形成される空間には、冷却水45が流される。 The metal sleeve 41 is made of stainless steel having a thickness of 0.3 mm and has flexibility. If the metal sleeve 41 is too thin, the strength is insufficient, whereas if it is too thick, the elasticity is insufficient. For these reasons, the thickness of the metal sleeve 41 is preferably within the range of 0.1 to 1.5 mm. The elastic roller 42 is formed in a roller shape by providing a rubber 44 on the surface of a metal inner cylinder 43 that is rotatable via a bearing. When the touch roller A is pressed toward the first cooling roller 5, the elastic roller 42 presses the metal sleeve 41 against the first cooling roller 5, and the metal sleep 41 and the elastic roller 42 have the shape of the first cooling roller 5. It deforms corresponding to the familiar shape, and forms a nip with the first cooling roller. Cooling water 45 flows in a space formed between the metal sleeve 41 and the elastic roller 42.
 図5は、挟圧回転体の第2の例(タッチローラー6の第2の例(以下、タッチローラーB))を示す回転軸に垂直な平面での断面図である。 FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view in a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis showing a second example of a pinching rotating body (a second example of the touch roller 6 (hereinafter referred to as touch roller B)).
 図6は、挟圧回転体の第2の例(タッチローラーB)の一例を示す回転軸を含む平面による断面図である。 FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view of a plane including a rotation axis showing an example of a second example (touch roller B) of the sandwiching rotary body.
 図5、図6は挟圧回転体の別の実施形態であるタッチローラーBを示している。タッチローラーBは、可撓性を有する、シームレスなステンレス鋼管製(厚さ4mm)の外筒51と、この外筒51の内側に同一軸心状に配置された高剛性の金属内筒52とから概略構成されている。外筒51と内筒52との間の空間53には、冷却液54が流される。詳しくは、タッチローラーBは、両端の回転軸55a、55bに外筒支持フランジ56a、56bが取付けられ、これら両外筒支持フランジ56a、56bの外周部間に薄肉金属外筒51が取付けられている。 5 and 6 show a touch roller B which is another embodiment of the pinching rotary member. The touch roller B includes a flexible, seamless stainless steel pipe (thickness 4 mm) outer cylinder 51, and a high-rigidity metal inner cylinder 52 disposed on the same axis as the inner cylinder 51. It is roughly composed. A coolant 54 flows in the space 53 between the outer cylinder 51 and the inner cylinder 52. Specifically, in the touch roller B, outer cylinder support flanges 56a and 56b are attached to the rotating shafts 55a and 55b at both ends, and a thin metal outer cylinder 51 is attached between the outer peripheral portions of the both outer cylinder support flanges 56a and 56b. Yes.
 また、一方の回転軸55aの軸心部に形成されて流体戻り通路57を形成する流体排出孔58内に、流体供給管59が同一軸心状に配設され、この流体供給管59が薄肉金属外筒51内の軸心部に配置された流体軸筒60に接続固定されている。この流体軸筒60の両端部に内筒支持フランジ61a、61bがそれぞれ取り付けられ、これら内筒支持フランジ61a、61bの外周部間から他端側外筒支持フランジ56bにわたって約15~20mmの範囲内程度の肉厚を有する金属内筒52が取付けられている。 A fluid supply pipe 59 is disposed in the same axial center in a fluid discharge hole 58 formed in the axial center portion of one rotary shaft 55a and forming a fluid return passage 57. The fluid supply pipe 59 is thin-walled. It is connected and fixed to a fluid shaft cylinder 60 arranged at the axial center in the metal outer cylinder 51. Inner cylinder support flanges 61a and 61b are attached to both ends of the fluid shaft cylinder 60, respectively, and are within a range of about 15 to 20 mm from between the outer peripheral parts of the inner cylinder support flanges 61a and 61b to the outer cylinder support flange 56b on the other end side. A metal inner cylinder 52 having a certain thickness is attached.
 そしてこの金属内筒52と薄肉金属外筒51との間に、例えば10mm程度の冷却液の流送空間53が形成され、また金属内筒52に両端部近傍には、流送空間53と内筒支持フランジ61a、61b外側の中間通路62a、62bとを連通する流出口52a及び流入口52bがそれぞれ形成されている。 A cooling liquid flow space 53 of, for example, about 10 mm is formed between the metal inner cylinder 52 and the thin metal outer cylinder 51, and the metal inner cylinder 52 has a flow space 53 and an inner space near both ends. An outlet 52a and an inlet 52b are formed to communicate with the intermediate passages 62a and 62b outside the cylinder support flanges 61a and 61b, respectively.
 また、外筒51は、ゴム弾性に近い柔軟性と可撓性、復元性をもたせるために、弾性力学の薄肉円筒理論が適用できる範囲内で薄肉化が図られている。この薄肉円筒理論で評価される可撓性は、肉厚t/ローラー半径rで表されており、t/rが小さいほど可撓性が高まる。 In addition, the outer cylinder 51 is thinned within a range in which the thin cylinder theory of elastic mechanics can be applied in order to have flexibility, flexibility and resilience close to rubber elasticity. The flexibility evaluated by the thin-walled cylinder theory is expressed by the thickness t / roller radius r, and the flexibility increases as t / r decreases.
 このタッチローラーBではt/r≦0.03の場合に可撓性が最適の条件となる。通常、一般的に使用されているタッチローラーは、ローラー径R=200~500mmの範囲内(ローラー半径r=R/2)、ローラー有効幅L=500~1600mmの範囲内で、r/L<1で横長の形状である。 In this touch roller B, the flexibility is the optimum condition when t / r ≦ 0.03. Usually, a commonly used touch roller has a roller diameter R = 200 to 500 mm (roller radius r = R / 2), a roller effective width L = 500 to 1600 mm, and r / L < 1 is a horizontally long shape.
 ここで、t/r≦0.03としたが、一般的なローラー径R=200~500mmの範囲内の場合では、特に2mm≦t≦5mmの範囲とすると、可撓性も十分に得られ、また機械加工による薄肉化も容易に実施でき、極めて実用的な範囲となる。肉厚が2mm以上であれば、加工時の弾性変形で高精度な加工ができる。 Here, t / r ≦ 0.03, but in the case of a general roller diameter R = 200 to 500 mm, flexibility is sufficiently obtained particularly when 2 mm ≦ t ≦ 5 mm. In addition, thinning by machining can be easily performed, which is in a very practical range. If the wall thickness is 2 mm or more, highly accurate processing can be performed by elastic deformation during processing.
 この2mm≦t≦5mmの換算値は、一般的なローラー径に対して0.008≦t/r≦0.05となるが、実用にあたってはt/r≒0.03の条件下でローラー径に比例して肉厚も大きくすることが好ましい。例えばローラー径:R=200ではt=2~3mm、ローラー径:R=500ではt=4~5mmの範囲で選択することが好ましい。 The converted value of 2 mm ≦ t ≦ 5 mm is 0.008 ≦ t / r ≦ 0.05 with respect to a general roller diameter, but in practical use, the roller diameter under the condition of t / r≈0.03. It is preferable to increase the wall thickness in proportion to. For example, when the roller diameter is R = 200, t = 2 to 3 mm, and when the roller diameter is R = 500, t = 4 to 5 mm is preferable.
 このタッチローラーA、Bは不図示の付勢手段により第1冷却ローラーに向けて付勢される。その付勢手段の付勢力をF、ニップにおけるフィルムの、第1冷却ローラー5の回転軸に沿った方向の幅Wを除した値F/W(線圧)は、9.8~147N/cmの範囲内に設定されることが好ましい。 The touch rollers A and B are urged toward the first cooling roller by urging means (not shown). The urging force of the urging means is F, and the value F / W (linear pressure) obtained by dividing the width of the film in the nip along the rotation axis of the first cooling roller 5 is 9.8 to 147 N / cm. It is preferable to set within the range.
 本実施の形態によれば、タッチローラーA、Bと第1冷却ローラー5との間にニップが形成され、当該ニップをフィルムが通過する間にフィルムの平面性が矯正される。従って、タッチローラーが剛体で構成され、第1冷却ローラーとの間にニップが形成されない場合と比べて、小さい線圧で長時間かけてフィルムを挟圧するので、平面性をより確実に矯正することができる。 According to this embodiment, a nip is formed between the touch rollers A and B and the first cooling roller 5, and the flatness of the film is corrected while the film passes through the nip. Therefore, since the touch roller is composed of a rigid body and the nip is not formed between the touch roller and the first cooling roller, the film is sandwiched for a long time with a small linear pressure, so that the flatness can be more reliably corrected. Can do.
 すなわち、線圧が9.8N/cm以上であれば、ダイラインを十分に解消することができる。逆に、線圧が147N/cm以下であれば、フィルムがニップを通過しやすくなり、フィルムの厚さが均一になる。 That is, if the linear pressure is 9.8 N / cm or more, the die line can be sufficiently eliminated. Conversely, if the linear pressure is 147 N / cm or less, the film easily passes through the nip, and the film thickness becomes uniform.
 また、タッチローラーA、Bの表面を金属で構成することにより、タッチローラーの表面がゴムである場合よりもタッチローラーA、Bの表面を平滑にすることができるので、平滑性の高いフィルムを得ることができる。なお、弾性ローラー42の弾性体44の材質としては、エチレンプロピレンゴム、ネオプレンゴム、シリコンゴム等を用いることができる。 Moreover, since the surfaces of the touch rollers A and B can be made smoother than when the surfaces of the touch rollers are made of rubber by forming the surfaces of the touch rollers A and B with a metal, a highly smooth film can be obtained. Obtainable. In addition, as a material of the elastic body 44 of the elastic roller 42, ethylene propylene rubber, neoprene rubber, silicon rubber, or the like can be used.
 さて、タッチローラー6によってダイラインを良好に解消するためには、タッチローラー6がフィルムを挟圧するときのフィルムの粘度が適切な範囲であることが好ましい。また、セルロース樹脂は温度による粘度の変化が比較的大きいことが知られている。 Now, in order to eliminate the die line satisfactorily by the touch roller 6, it is preferable that the viscosity of the film when the touch roller 6 sandwiches the film is in an appropriate range. Cellulose resins are known to have a relatively large change in viscosity with temperature.
 従って、タッチローラー6が光学フィルムを挟圧するときの粘度を適切な範囲に設定するためには、タッチローラー6がフィルムを挟圧するときのフィルムの温度を適切な範囲に設定することが好ましい。光学フィルムのガラス転移温度をTgとしたとき、フィルムがタッチローラー6に挟圧される直前のフィルムの温度Tを、Tg<T<Tg+110℃を満たすように設定することが好ましい。 Therefore, in order to set the viscosity when the touch roller 6 clamps the optical film to an appropriate range, it is preferable to set the temperature of the film when the touch roller 6 clamps the film to an appropriate range. When the glass transition temperature of the optical film is Tg, it is preferable to set the temperature T of the film immediately before the film is sandwiched between the touch rollers 6 so as to satisfy Tg <T <Tg + 110 ° C.
 好ましくはTg+10℃<T2<Tg+90℃、更に好ましくはTg+20℃<T2<Tg+70℃である。タッチローラー6が光学フィルムを挟圧するときのフィルムの温度を適切な範囲に設定するには、流延ダイ4から押し出された溶融物が第1冷却ローラー5に接触する位置から第1冷却ローラー5とタッチローラー6とのニップまでの、第1冷却ローラー5の回転方向に沿った長さを調整すればよい。 Preferably, Tg + 10 ° C. <T2 <Tg + 90 ° C., and more preferably Tg + 20 ° C. <T2 <Tg + 70 ° C. In order to set the temperature of the film when the touch roller 6 clamps the optical film to an appropriate range, the first cooling roller 5 from the position where the melt extruded from the casting die 4 contacts the first cooling roller 5. What is necessary is just to adjust the length along the rotation direction of the 1st cooling roller 5 to the nip with the touch roller 6.
 第1ローラー5、第2ローラー6に好ましい材質は、炭素鋼、ステンレス鋼、樹脂、等が挙げられる。また、表面精度は高くすることが好ましく表面粗さとして0.3S以下、より好ましくは0.01S以下とすることが好ましい。また、流延ダイ4の開口部(リップ)から第1ローラー5までの部分を70kPa以下に減圧させることにより、上記、ダイラインの矯正効果がより大きく発現する。好ましくは、減圧は50~70kPaの範囲内である。 Preferred materials for the first roller 5 and the second roller 6 include carbon steel, stainless steel, resin, and the like. The surface accuracy is preferably high, and the surface roughness is preferably 0.3 S or less, more preferably 0.01 S or less. Further, by reducing the pressure from the opening (lip) of the casting die 4 to the first roller 5 to 70 kPa or less, the above-described die line correction effect is more greatly manifested. Preferably, the reduced pressure is in the range of 50 to 70 kPa.
 流延ダイ4の開口部(リップ)から第1ローラー5までの部分の圧力を70kPa以下に保つ方法としては、特に制限はないが、流延ダイ4からローラー周辺を耐圧部材で覆い、減圧する等の方法がある。このとき、吸引装置は、装置自体が昇華物の付着場所にならないようヒーターで加熱する等の処置を施すことが好ましい。本発明では、吸引圧が小さ過ぎると昇華物を効果的に吸引できないため、適当な吸引圧とすることが好ましい。 Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular as a method of keeping the pressure of the part from the opening part (lip | rip) of the casting die 4 to the 1st roller 5 below 70 kPa, Cover the roller periphery from the casting die 4 with a pressure-resistant member, and reduce pressure There are methods. At this time, the suction device is preferably subjected to a treatment such as heating with a heater so that the device itself does not become a place where the sublimate is attached. In the present invention, if the suction pressure is too small, the sublimate cannot be sucked effectively.
 本発明において、Tダイ4から溶融状態のフィルム状の樹脂を、第1ローラー(第1冷却ローラー)5、第2冷却ローラー7、及び第3冷却ローラー8に順次密着させて搬送しながら冷却固化させ、未延伸のフィルム10を得る。 In the present invention, a molten film-like resin from the T-die 4 is cooled and solidified while being conveyed in close contact with the first roller (first cooling roller) 5, the second cooling roller 7, and the third cooling roller 8. The unstretched film 10 is obtained.
 図1に示す本発明の実施形態では、第3冷却ローラー8から剥離ローラー9によって剥離した冷却固化された未延伸のフィルム10は、ダンサーローラー(フィルム張力調整ローラー)11を経て延伸機12に導き、そこでフィルム10を必要により横方向(幅方向)に延伸する。この延伸により、フィルム中の分子が配向される。 In the embodiment of the present invention shown in FIG. 1, the cooled and solidified unstretched film 10 peeled from the third cooling roller 8 by the peeling roller 9 is guided to a stretching machine 12 via a dancer roller (film tension adjusting roller) 11. Therefore, the film 10 is stretched in the transverse direction (width direction) as necessary. By this stretching, the molecules in the film are oriented.
 その後、搬送ローラー13、14及び15により搬送され、巻き取り装置16の巻き取りローラーFにより巻き取られる。フィルムを幅方向に延伸する方法は、公知のテンター等を好ましく用いることができる。 Then, it is transported by the transport rollers 13, 14 and 15, and wound up by the winding roller F of the winding device 16. As a method for stretching the film in the width direction, a known tenter or the like can be preferably used.
 フィルム構成材料のガラス転移温度Tgはフィルムを構成する材料種及び構成する材料の比率を異ならせることにより制御できる。光学フィルムとして位相差フィルムを作製する場合、Tgは120℃以上、好ましくは135℃以上とすることが好ましい。液晶表示装置においては、画像の表示状態において、装置自身の温度上昇、例えば光源由来の温度上昇によってフィルムの温度環境が変化する。 The glass transition temperature Tg of the film constituting material can be controlled by varying the material type constituting the film and the ratio of the constituting material. When a retardation film is produced as an optical film, Tg is preferably 120 ° C. or higher, preferably 135 ° C. or higher. In the liquid crystal display device, in the image display state, the temperature environment of the film changes due to the temperature rise of the device itself, for example, the temperature rise derived from the light source.
 このときフィルムの使用環境温度よりもフィルムのTgが高ければ、延伸によってフィルム内部に固定された分子の配向状態に由来するリターデーション値及びフィルムとしての寸法形状に大きな変化を生じず、安定した性能を示す。 At this time, if the Tg of the film is higher than the film's operating temperature, the retardation value derived from the orientation state of the molecules fixed inside the film by stretching and the dimensional shape as the film do not significantly change, and stable performance. Indicates.
 Tgは250℃以下が好ましい。フィルムのTgが250℃以下であれば、フィルム構成材料をフィルム化するとき温度を低く抑えることができ、加熱するエネルギー消費を少なくすることができ、またフィルム化するときの材料自身の分解やそれによる着色が生じることがない。 Tg is preferably 250 ° C. or lower. If the Tg of the film is 250 ° C. or lower, the temperature can be kept low when the film constituent material is made into a film, the energy consumption for heating can be reduced, and the material itself can be decomposed or made into a film. The coloring by does not occur.
 また延伸工程には公知の熱固定条件、冷却、緩和処理を行ってもよく、目的とする光学フィルムに要求される特性を有するように適宜調整すればよい。 In the stretching step, known heat setting conditions, cooling, and relaxation treatment may be performed, and it may be appropriately adjusted so as to have characteristics required for the target optical film.
 <偏光板>
 本発明の光学フィルムを偏光板用保護フィルムとして用いる場合、偏光板は一般的な方法で作製することができる。本発明の光学フィルムの裏面側に粘着層を設け、沃素溶液中に浸漬延伸して作製した偏光子の少なくとも一方の面に、貼り合わせることが好ましい。
<Polarizing plate>
When using the optical film of this invention as a protective film for polarizing plates, a polarizing plate can be produced by a general method. It is preferable that an adhesive layer is provided on the back side of the optical film of the present invention, and is bonded to at least one surface of a polarizer produced by immersion and stretching in an iodine solution.
 もう一方の面には、対向フィルムを貼合する。該対向フィルムとしては、本発明の光学フィルムを用いても、別の偏光板保護フィルムを用いてもよい。例えば、市販のセルロースエステルフィルム(例えば、コニカミノルタタック KC8UX、KC4UX、KC5UX、KC8UY、KC4UY、KC12UR、KC8UCR-3、KC8UCR-4、KC8UCR-5、KC8UE、KC4UE、KC4FR-3、KC4FR-4、KC4HR-1、KC8UY-HA、KC8UX-RHA、KC6UA-W以上コニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー(株)製)等が好ましく用いられる。 ¡An opposite film is pasted on the other side. As the counter film, the optical film of the present invention may be used, or another polarizing plate protective film may be used. For example, a commercially available cellulose ester film (for example, Konica Minoltack KC8UX, KC4UX, KC5UX, KC8UY, KC4UY, KC12UR, KC8UCR-3, KC8UCR-4, KC8UCR-5, KC8UE, KC4FR-4, KC4FR-3, KC4FR-3, KC4FR-4 -1, KC8UY-HA, KC8UX-RHA, KC6UA-W or higher, manufactured by Konica Minolta Advanced Layer Co., Ltd.) and the like are preferably used.
 対向フィルムの厚さは、20~60μmの範囲内であることが好ましい。20μm以上であれば、フィルムの強度が高く偏光子と貼合することが容易である。また60μm以下であれば、偏光板が反りにくく、低コストの偏光板を作製できる。 The thickness of the opposing film is preferably in the range of 20 to 60 μm. If it is 20 micrometers or more, the intensity | strength of a film is high and it is easy to bond with a polarizer. Moreover, if it is 60 micrometers or less, a polarizing plate will be hard to warp and a low-cost polarizing plate can be produced.
 偏光板の主たる構成要素である偏光子とは、一定方向の偏波面の光だけを通す素子であり、現在知られている代表的な偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール系偏光フィルムで、これはポリビニルアルコール系フィルムにヨウ素を染色させたものと二色性染料を染色させたものがある。 A polarizer, which is a main component of a polarizing plate, is an element that allows only light of a plane of polarization in a certain direction to pass. A typical polarizer currently known is a polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film, which is polyvinyl alcohol. There are one in which iodine is dyed on a system film and one in which dichroic dye is dyed.
 偏光子は、ポリビニルアルコール水溶液を製膜し、これを一軸延伸させて染色するか、染色した後一軸延伸してから、好ましくはホウ素化合物で耐久性処理を行ったものが用いられている。 The polarizer is formed by forming a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution into a film and dyeing the film by uniaxial stretching or dyeing or uniaxially stretching, and then performing a durability treatment with a boron compound.
 上記粘着層に用いられる粘着剤としては、粘着層の少なくとも一部分において25℃での貯蔵弾性率が1.0×10~1.0×10Paの範囲内である粘着剤が用いられていることが好ましく、粘着剤を塗布し、貼り合わせた後に種々の化学反応により高分子量体又は架橋構造を形成する硬化型粘着剤が好適に用いられる。 As the pressure-sensitive adhesive used in the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, a pressure-sensitive adhesive having a storage elastic modulus at 25 ° C. in the range of 1.0 × 10 4 to 1.0 × 10 9 Pa in at least a part of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is used. Preferably, a curable pressure-sensitive adhesive that forms a high molecular weight body or a crosslinked structure by various chemical reactions after the pressure-sensitive adhesive is applied and bonded is suitably used.
 具体例としては、例えば、ウレタン系粘着剤、エポキシ系粘着剤、水性高分子-イソシアネート系粘着剤、熱硬化型アクリル粘着剤等の硬化型粘着剤、湿気硬化ウレタン粘着剤、ポリエーテルメタクリレート型、エステル系メタクリレート型、酸化型ポリエーテルメタクリレート等の嫌気性粘着剤、シアノアクリレート系の瞬間粘着剤、アクリレートとペルオキシド系の2液型瞬間粘着剤等が挙げられる。 Specific examples include, for example, urethane adhesives, epoxy adhesives, aqueous polymer-isocyanate adhesives, curable adhesives such as thermosetting acrylic adhesives, moisture-curing urethane adhesives, polyether methacrylate types, Examples include anaerobic pressure-sensitive adhesives such as ester-based methacrylate type and oxidized polyether methacrylate, cyanoacrylate-based instantaneous pressure-sensitive adhesives, and acrylate-peroxide-based two-component instantaneous pressure-sensitive adhesives.
 上記粘着剤としては1液型であっても良いし、使用前に2液以上を混合して使用する型であっても良い。 The above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive may be a one-component type or a type in which two or more components are mixed before use.
 また上記粘着剤は有機溶剤を媒体とする溶剤系であってもよいし、水を主成分とする媒体であるエマルジョン型、コロイド分散液型、水溶液型などの水系であってもよいし、無溶剤型であってもよい。上記粘着剤液の濃度は、粘着後の膜厚、塗布方法、塗布条件等により適宜決定されれば良く、通常は0.1~50質量%の範囲内である。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive may be a solvent system using an organic solvent as a medium, or an aqueous system such as an emulsion type, a colloidal dispersion type, or an aqueous solution type that is a medium containing water as a main component. It may be a solvent type. The concentration of the pressure-sensitive adhesive solution may be appropriately determined depending on the film thickness after adhesion, the coating method, the coating conditions, and the like, and is usually in the range of 0.1 to 50% by mass.
 <液晶表示装置>
 本発明の光学フィルムを貼合した偏光板を液晶表示装置に組み込むことによって、種々の視認性に優れた液晶表示装置を作製することができるが、特に大型の液晶表示装置やデジタルサイネージ等の屋外用途の液晶表示装置に好ましく用いられる。本発明に係る偏光板は、前記粘着層等を介して液晶セルに貼合することが好ましい。
<Liquid crystal display device>
By incorporating the polarizing plate bonded with the optical film of the present invention into a liquid crystal display device, it is possible to produce various liquid crystal display devices with excellent visibility, but particularly outdoors such as large liquid crystal display devices and digital signage. It is preferably used for a liquid crystal display device for use. The polarizing plate according to the present invention is preferably bonded to a liquid crystal cell via the adhesive layer or the like.
 本発明に係る偏光板は反射型、透過型、半透過型LCD又はTN型、STN型、OCB型、HAN型、VA型(PVA型、MVA型)、IPS型(FFS方式も含む)等の各種駆動方式のLCDで用いられるが、視野角による色相の変化が小さいIPS型に用いられることが好ましい。特に画面が30型以上、特に30型~54型の大画面の表示装置では、画面周辺部での白抜け等もなく、その効果が長期間維持される。 The polarizing plate according to the present invention is a reflective type, transmissive type, transflective LCD or TN type, STN type, OCB type, HAN type, VA type (PVA type, MVA type), IPS type (including FFS type), etc. Although it is used in LCDs of various driving methods, it is preferably used in an IPS type in which a hue change due to a viewing angle is small. In particular, in a large-screen display device having a screen of 30 or more, especially 30 to 54, there is no white spot at the periphery of the screen and the effect is maintained for a long time.
 以下、実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。なお、実施例において「部」あるいは「%」の表示を用いるが、特に断りがない限り「質量部」あるいは「質量%」を表す。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In addition, although the display of "part" or "%" is used in an Example, unless otherwise indicated, "part by mass" or "mass%" is represented.
 [実施例1]
 表1及び表2にアクリル系樹脂のモノマー組成比を示す。表1及び表2に示したアクリル系樹脂は、公知の方法により合成した。表1及び表2において、MMAはメチルメタアクリレートを表し、ACMOはアクリロイルモルホリンを表し、VPはN-ビニルピロリドンを表す。
[Example 1]
Tables 1 and 2 show the monomer composition ratio of the acrylic resin. The acrylic resins shown in Table 1 and Table 2 were synthesized by known methods. In Tables 1 and 2, MMA represents methyl methacrylate, ACMO represents acryloylmorpholine, and VP represents N-vinylpyrrolidone.
 以下のアクリル系樹脂A~C3を公知の方法により合成した。 The following acrylic resins A to C3 were synthesized by a known method.
 A:モノマー(MMA100%)、Mw10万
 B1:モノマー質量比(MMA:ACMO=90:10)、Mw10万
 B2:モノマー質量比(MMA:ACMO=80:20)、Mw10万
 B3:モノマー質量比(MMA:ACMO=60:40)、Mw10万
 C1:モノマー質量比(MMA:VP=90:10)、Mw10万
 C2:モノマー質量比(MMA:VP=80:20)、Mw10万
 C3:モノマー質量比(MMA:VP=60:40)、Mw10万
 <光学フィルム101の作製>
 下記のように、アクリル系樹脂A及び各種添加剤を混合し、溶融流延法により光学フィルム101を作製した。
A: Monomer (MMA 100%), Mw 100,000 B1: Monomer mass ratio (MMA: ACMO = 90: 10), Mw 100,000 B2: Monomer mass ratio (MMA: ACMO = 80: 20), Mw 100,000 B3: Monomer mass ratio ( MMA: ACMO = 60: 40), Mw 100,000 C1: monomer mass ratio (MMA: VP = 90: 10), Mw 100,000 C2: monomer mass ratio (MMA: VP = 80: 20), Mw 100,000 C3: monomer mass ratio (MMA: VP = 60: 40), Mw 100,000 <Preparation of optical film 101>
As described below, the acrylic resin A and various additives were mixed, and an optical film 101 was produced by a melt casting method.
 アクリル系樹脂A                   100質量部
 SumilizerGS(炭素ラジカル補足剤の化合物の具体例I-10
;住友化学(株)製)                 0.25質量部
 IRGANOX1010(酸化防止剤;BASFジャパン(株)製)
                            0.5質量部
 GSY-P101(酸化防止剤;堺化学工業(株)製) 0.25質量部
 アセチルアセトナート銅(II)(有機銅化合物)  0.0208質量部
 (アセチルアセトナート前記銅(II)の銅イオン含有率は24.28質量%であり、銅(II)アセチルアセトナート0.0208質量部中の銅イオンの含有量は0.00505質量部である。従って、光学フィルム101に対する銅イオンの含有率は50質量ppmになる。)
 以上の混合物を2軸式押出機を用いて230℃で溶融混合しペレット化した。
Acrylic Resin A 100 parts by mass Sumilizer GS (Specific Example of Compound of Carbon Radical Scavenger I-10
; Manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass IRGANOX 1010 (antioxidant; manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.)
0.5 parts by mass GSY-P101 (antioxidant; manufactured by Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass Acetylacetonate copper (II) (organic copper compound) 0.0208 parts by mass (copper (acetylacetonate) The copper ion content of II) is 24.28% by mass, and the copper ion content in 0.0208 parts by mass of copper (II) acetylacetonate is 0.00505 parts by mass. (The copper ion content is 50 ppm by mass.)
The above mixture was melt-mixed at 230 ° C. using a twin-screw extruder and pelletized.
 このペレットを用いて窒素雰囲気下、250℃にて溶融して流延ダイ4から第1冷却ローラー5上に押し出し、第1冷却ローラー5とタッチローラー6との間にフィルムを挟圧して成形した。 Using this pellet, it was melted at 250 ° C. in a nitrogen atmosphere, extruded from the casting die 4 onto the first cooling roller 5, and formed by pressing the film between the first cooling roller 5 and the touch roller 6. .
 流延ダイ4のギャップの幅がフィルムの幅方向端部から30mm以内では0.5mm、その他の場所では1mmとなるようにヒートボルトを調整した。タッチローラーとしては、タッチローラーAを使用し、その内部に冷却水として80℃の水を流した。 The heat bolt was adjusted so that the gap width of the casting die 4 was 0.5 mm within 30 mm from the end in the width direction of the film and 1 mm at other locations. Touch roller A was used as a touch roller, and 80 ° C. water was allowed to flow as cooling water therein.
 流延ダイ4から押し出された樹脂が第1冷却ローラー5に接触する位置から第1冷却ローラー5とタッチローラー6とのニップの第1冷却ローラー5回転方向上流端の位置までの、第1冷却ローラー5の周面に沿った長さを20mmに設定した。その後、タッチローラー6を第1冷却ローラー5から離間させ、第1冷却ローラー5とタッチローラー6とのニップに挟圧される直前の溶融部の温度Tを測定した。 The first cooling from the position where the resin extruded from the casting die 4 contacts the first cooling roller 5 to the position at the upstream end in the rotation direction of the first cooling roller 5 in the nip between the first cooling roller 5 and the touch roller 6. The length along the peripheral surface of the roller 5 was set to 20 mm. Thereafter, the touch roller 6 was separated from the first cooling roller 5, and the temperature T of the melted part immediately before being pressed between the first cooling roller 5 and the nip between the touch roller 6 was measured.
 本実施例において、第1冷却ローラー5とタッチローラー6とのニップに挟圧される直前の溶融部の温度Tは、ニップ上流端P2よりも更に1mm上流側の位置で、温度計(安立計器株式会社製HA-200E)により測定した。本実施例では測定の結果、温度Tは141℃であった。 In the present embodiment, the temperature T of the melted portion immediately before being squeezed by the nip between the first cooling roller 5 and the touch roller 6 is a position 1 mm upstream from the nip upstream end P2, and a thermometer (an independent meter). This was measured by HA-200E). As a result of the measurement in this example, the temperature T was 141 ° C.
 タッチローラー6の第1冷却ローラー5に対する線圧は14.7N/cmとした。更に、テンターに導入し、巾方向に160℃で1.3倍延伸した後、巾方向に3%緩和しながら30℃まで冷却し、その後クリップから開放し、クリップ把持部を裁ち落とし、フィルム両端に幅10mm、高さ5μmのナーリング加工を施し、巻き取り張力220N/m、テーパー40%で巻芯に巻き取り、光学フィルム101を作製した。 The linear pressure of the touch roller 6 against the first cooling roller 5 was 14.7 N / cm. Furthermore, after being introduced into a tenter and stretched 1.3 times at 160 ° C in the width direction, it was cooled to 30 ° C while relaxing 3% in the width direction, then released from the clip, the clip gripping part was cut off, and both ends of the film Was subjected to a knurling process having a width of 10 mm and a height of 5 μm, and wound on a winding core with a winding tension of 220 N / m and a taper of 40%, to produce an optical film 101.
 なお、光学フィルム101は、厚さが30μmとなるように、押し出し量及び引き取り速度を調整し、仕上がりのフィルム幅は、1430mm幅になるようにスリットし、巻き取った。巻芯の大きさは、内径152mm、外径165~180mm、長さ1550mmであった。 In addition, the extrusion amount and the take-up speed were adjusted so that the optical film 101 had a thickness of 30 μm, and the finished film width was slit and wound so that the width was 1430 mm. The winding core had an inner diameter of 152 mm, an outer diameter of 165 to 180 mm, and a length of 1550 mm.
 <光学フィルム102~136の作製>
 光学フィルム101の作製において、アクリル系樹脂、セルロース樹脂、有機銅化合物、及び膜厚を表1及び表2のように変えたほかは、同様に光学フィルム102~136を作製した。
<Preparation of optical films 102 to 136>
Optical films 102 to 136 were similarly prepared except that the acrylic resin, cellulose resin, organic copper compound, and film thickness were changed as shown in Tables 1 and 2 in the production of the optical film 101.
 なお、表1及び表2の銅添加量は、光学フィルムの質量に対する銅イオンの含有率を質量ppmで表したものであり、表1及び表2に記載の銅添加量と以下に示す有機銅化合物中の銅含有率から、有機銅化合物の添加量を決定した。表1及び表2のセルロース樹脂の添加量は、全樹脂を100質量%としたときのセルロース樹脂の含有率(質量%)を表す。 In addition, the copper addition amount of Table 1 and Table 2 represents the content rate of the copper ion with respect to the mass of an optical film in mass ppm, and the copper addition amount of Table 1 and Table 2, and the organic copper shown below The addition amount of the organic copper compound was determined from the copper content in the compound. The addition amount of the cellulose resin of Table 1 and Table 2 represents the content rate (mass%) of a cellulose resin when the total resin is 100 mass%.
 表1及び表2に記載のセルロース樹脂の内容を以下に記す。 The contents of the cellulose resins listed in Tables 1 and 2 are described below.
 CAP482-20(アセチル化度:1.3質量%、プロピオニル化度:48質量%、ヒドロキシ基含有量:1.7質量%、イーストマンケミカル製)
 CAB171-15(ブチリル化度:17質量%、ヒドロキシ基含有量:1.5質量%、イーストマンケミカル製)
 CAB381-20(ブチリル化度:37質量%、アセチル化度:13.5質量%、ヒドロキシ基含有量:1.8質量%、イーストマンケミカル製)
 エトセル70(エチルセルロース、日進化成(株)製)
 表1及び表2に示した有機銅化合物の銅化合物種と有機銅化合物中の銅イオン含有率を以下に記す。
CAP482-20 (degree of acetylation: 1.3% by mass, degree of propionylation: 48% by mass, hydroxy group content: 1.7% by mass, manufactured by Eastman Chemical)
CAB171-15 (degree of butyrylation: 17% by mass, hydroxy group content: 1.5% by mass, manufactured by Eastman Chemical)
CAB381-20 (degree of butyrylation: 37% by mass, degree of acetylation: 13.5% by mass, hydroxy group content: 1.8% by mass, manufactured by Eastman Chemical)
Etocel 70 (ethyl cellulose, manufactured by Nisshinsei Co., Ltd.)
The copper compound types of the organic copper compounds shown in Tables 1 and 2 and the copper ion content in the organic copper compound are described below.
 ACAC:アセチルアセトナート銅(II)(分子量:261.79、銅イオン含有率:24.28質量%)
 GLUC:グルコン酸銅(II)(分子量:453.55、銅イオン含有率:14.01質量%)
 GLYC:グリシナト銅(II)(分子量:207.67、銅イオン含有率:30.60質量%)
 BIBA:ビスイソ酪酸銅(II)(分子量:237.74、銅イオン含有率:26.73質量%)
 TFAC:トリフルオロアセチルアセトナート銅(II)(分子量:369.7、銅イオン含有率:17.19質量%)
 PB15:Pigment Blue 15(分子量:576.08、銅イオン含有率:11.03質量%)
 <光学フィルムの評価>
 (引き裂き強度)
 光学フィルムの強度の評価として、引き裂き強度の測定を下記の方法で行った。エレメンドルフ法の引き裂き荷重をJIS K 7128-1991に従い東洋精機(株)製の軽荷重引き裂き装置で引き裂き強度を測定した。測定結果をmNを単位として、表1及び表2に示した。
ACAC: acetylacetonate copper (II) (molecular weight: 261.79, copper ion content: 24.28% by mass)
GLUC: copper (II) gluconate (molecular weight: 453.55, copper ion content: 14.01% by mass)
GLYC: Glycinato copper (II) (molecular weight: 207.67, copper ion content: 30.60% by mass)
BIBA: Copper (II) bisisobutyrate (molecular weight: 237.74, copper ion content: 26.73% by mass)
TFAC: trifluoroacetylacetonate copper (II) (molecular weight: 369.7, copper ion content: 17.19% by mass)
PB15: Pigment Blue 15 (molecular weight: 576.08, copper ion content: 11.03 mass%)
<Evaluation of optical film>
(Tear strength)
As an evaluation of the strength of the optical film, the tear strength was measured by the following method. The tear strength of the Elmendorf method was measured with a light load tear device manufactured by Toyo Seiki Co., Ltd. according to JIS K 7128-1991. The measurement results are shown in Tables 1 and 2 in units of mN.
 (着色)
 光学フィルムの30mm四方のサンプルを切り出し、日立ハイテクノロジーズ社製分光光度計U-3310を用いて、その吸収スペクトルを測定し、三刺激値X、Y、Zを算出した。この三刺激値X、Y、Zから、JIS-K7103に基づいて、イエローインデックスYIを算出した。また、目視による観察を行い、下記評価基準にて評価した。結果を表1及び表2に記した。
(Coloring)
A 30 mm square sample of the optical film was cut out and its absorption spectrum was measured using a spectrophotometer U-3310 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation to calculate tristimulus values X, Y, and Z. From these tristimulus values X, Y, and Z, a yellow index YI was calculated based on JIS-K7103. Moreover, visual observation was performed and the following evaluation criteria evaluated. The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2.
 ○:YIが0.8以下であり、かつ、目視で着色が見られない
 △:YIが0.8~1.0の範囲内であり、かつ、目視で着色が見られない
 ×:YIが1以上、又は目視で着色が分かる
 (リターデーション値)
 前記(リターデーション値の測定方法)の項に記載の方法により、23℃・55%RH環境下、光波長590nmで、面内リターデーション値Ro及び厚さ方向のリターデーション値Rtを測定した。結果を表1及び表2に記した。
○: YI is 0.8 or less and no coloration is visually observed Δ: YI is in the range of 0.8 to 1.0 and no coloration is visually observed ×: YI is 1 or more, or visual coloration (retardation value)
The in-plane retardation value Ro and the retardation value Rt in the thickness direction were measured at a light wavelength of 590 nm in a 23 ° C./55% RH environment by the method described in the section (Measurement Method of Retardation Value). The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000018
 表1及び表2より、銅イオンを20~100質量ppm添加することにより、引き裂き強度が向上し、着色が減少することが分かる。更にセルロース樹脂を加えることにより、引き裂き強度が向上することが分かる。また、アクリル系樹脂がアミド基を有することにより、引き裂き強度が向上し、厚さ方向のリターデーション値が0に近づくことが分かる。また、着色が「×」だった光学フィルムの内、光学フィルム112は、目視で青く着色しているのが分かった。 From Tables 1 and 2, it can be seen that the addition of 20 to 100 ppm by mass of copper ions improves the tear strength and reduces the coloration. Furthermore, it turns out that tear strength improves by adding a cellulose resin. Moreover, it turns out that tear strength improves and the retardation value of thickness direction approaches 0 because acrylic resin has an amide group. Moreover, it turned out that the optical film 112 is visually colored blue among the optical films whose coloring was “x”.
 [実施例2]
 <偏光板の作製>
 実施例1で作製した光学フィルム101~136を用いた偏光板101~136を以下のようにして作製した。
[Example 2]
<Preparation of polarizing plate>
Polarizing plates 101 to 136 using the optical films 101 to 136 produced in Example 1 were produced as follows.
 厚さ120μmの長尺ロールポリビニルアルコールフィルムを、ヨウ素1質量部、ホウ酸4質量部を含む水溶液100質量部に浸漬し、50℃で5倍に搬送方向に延伸して偏光子を作製した。次に、前記光学フィルム101~136をそれぞれコロナ放電処理し、アクリル系接着剤を用いて前記偏光子の片面にそれぞれ貼合した。 A 120-μm-thick long roll polyvinyl alcohol film was immersed in 100 parts by mass of an aqueous solution containing 1 part by mass of iodine and 4 parts by mass of boric acid, and stretched in the transport direction 5 times at 50 ° C. to produce a polarizer. Next, the optical films 101 to 136 were each subjected to corona discharge treatment and bonded to one side of the polarizer using an acrylic adhesive.
 さらに偏光子のもう一方の面には、対向フィルムとして、アルカリ鹸化処理したコニカミノルタアドバンストレイヤー(株)製コニカミノルタタックKC6UA-W(厚さ60μm)をポリビニルアルコール系接着剤を用いて貼り合わせ、乾燥して偏光板101~136を作製した。 Further, on the other surface of the polarizer, as a counter film, Konica Minolta Advanced Layer Co., Ltd. manufactured by Konica Minolta Advanced Layer KC6UA-W (thickness 60 μm) was laminated using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive. It dried and produced the polarizing plates 101-136.
 <液晶表示装置の作製>
 上記作製した各偏光板101~136を使用して、液晶表示装置を作製した。
<Production of liquid crystal display device>
A liquid crystal display device was produced using each of the produced polarizing plates 101 to 136.
 IPS方式のパナソニック(株)製42型液晶テレビ(ビエラTH-L42G3)の液晶パネルの両面に貼合されていた偏光板を剥がして、両面にガラスを有する液晶セルを準備した。 A liquid crystal cell having glass on both sides was prepared by peeling off the polarizing plate attached to both sides of the liquid crystal panel of 42 type liquid crystal television (VIERA TH-L42G3) manufactured by Panasonic Corporation.
 上記作製した偏光板101~136を、それぞれ前記光学フィルムが液晶セルのガラス面側になるように、かつ、あらかじめ貼合されていた偏光板と同一の方向に吸収軸が向くように液晶セルの両面に貼合し、液晶表示装置101~136を各々作製した。 The polarizing plates 101 to 136 thus prepared are arranged in such a manner that the optical film is on the glass surface side of the liquid crystal cell and the absorption axis is oriented in the same direction as the polarizing plate previously bonded. The liquid crystal display devices 101 to 136 were produced by bonding to both surfaces.
 以上のようにして作製した液晶表示装置101~136を用いて視野角特性及び白表示の色相の評価を行った。結果を表3に示す。 The viewing angle characteristics and the hue of white display were evaluated using the liquid crystal display devices 101 to 136 manufactured as described above. The results are shown in Table 3.
 <液晶表示装置の評価>
 (視野角特性)
 液晶表示装置を60℃、90%RHで1000時間保存した後、23℃、55%RHの環境で、ELDIM社製EZ-Contrast160Dを用いて液晶表示装置の視野角測定を行った。表示面の方線方向を0度とし上下左右方向で、コントラスト比(白透過率/黒透過率)が10になる角度の絶対値の和を求めた。下記基準で4段階評価した。視野角特性は、○レベル以上が好ましく、◎であれば更に好ましいが、△レベル以上であれば実用上問題ない。
<Evaluation of liquid crystal display device>
(Viewing angle characteristics)
After the liquid crystal display device was stored at 60 ° C. and 90% RH for 1000 hours, the viewing angle of the liquid crystal display device was measured using EZ-Contrast 160D manufactured by ELDIM in an environment of 23 ° C. and 55% RH. The sum of the absolute values of the angles at which the contrast ratio (white transmittance / black transmittance) is 10 in the vertical and horizontal directions was determined with the direction of the normal of the display surface being 0 degree. The following criteria evaluated. The viewing angle characteristic is preferably ◯ level or higher, and more preferably ◎, but if it is Δ level or higher, there is no practical problem.
 ◎:320度以上
 ○:310度以上320度未満
 △:300度以上310度未満
 ×:300度未満。
A: 320 degrees or more B: 310 degrees or more and less than 320 degrees B: 300 degrees or more and less than 310 degrees X: Less than 300 degrees.
 (白表示の色相)
 液晶表示装置の画面を白色発光させ、分光測色計CM-2500d(コニカミノルタオプティクス(株)製)装置を用いて画面の発光スペクトルを測定し、三刺激値X、Y、Zを算出した。この三刺激値X、Y、Zから、JIS-K7103に基づいて、イエローインデックスYIを算出した。また、目視による観察も行い、下記評価基準にて評価した。
(Hue of white display)
The screen of the liquid crystal display device was allowed to emit white light, the emission spectrum of the screen was measured using a spectrocolorimeter CM-2500d (manufactured by Konica Minolta Optics), and tristimulus values X, Y, and Z were calculated. From these tristimulus values X, Y, and Z, a yellow index YI was calculated based on JIS-K7103. Moreover, visual observation was also performed and the following evaluation criteria evaluated.
 ○:YIが0.8以下であり、かつ、目視で着色が見られない
 △:YIが0.8~1.0の範囲内であり、かつ、目視で着色が見られない
 ×:YIが1以上、又は目視で着色が分かる
 結果を表3に示す。
○: YI is 0.8 or less and no coloration is visually observed Δ: YI is in the range of 0.8 to 1.0 and no coloration is visually observed ×: YI is Table 3 shows the results of one or more or visually recognized coloring.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000019
 表3より、液晶表示装置を白表示したときの画面の色相が、銅イオンを添加することにより改善することが分かる。また、アクリル系樹脂がアミド基を有することにより視野角特性が向上し、セルロース樹脂が加わることにより視野角特性が向上することが分かる。また、白表示の色相が「×」だった液晶表示装置の内、液晶表示装置112は、目視で青く着色しているのが分かった。 Table 3 shows that the hue of the screen when the liquid crystal display device displays white is improved by adding copper ions. It can also be seen that the viewing angle characteristics are improved when the acrylic resin has an amide group, and the viewing angle characteristics are improved when the cellulose resin is added. Further, it was found that the liquid crystal display device 112 of the liquid crystal display devices having a white display hue of “×” was visually colored blue.
 本発明の光学フィルムは、強度が高く、透明性が高く、着色がないため、大きい液晶表示装置で高画質の画像を再現するのに適用でき、加熱による着色が少ないため、溶融流延法で製造できる。また、本発明の光学フィルムは、位相差が小さいため、IPS方式の液晶表示装置に適用したときに、観察する方向により色が変化することがなく、高画質の画像表示装置に適用できる。 Since the optical film of the present invention has high strength, high transparency, and no coloration, it can be applied to reproduce a high-quality image on a large liquid crystal display device. Can be manufactured. In addition, since the optical film of the present invention has a small phase difference, the color does not change depending on the viewing direction when it is applied to an IPS liquid crystal display device, and can be applied to a high-quality image display device.
 1 押出機
 2 フィルター
 3 スタチックミキサー
 4 流延ダイ
 5 回転支持体(第1冷却ローラー)
 6 挟圧回転体(タッチローラー)
 7 回転支持体(第2冷却ローラー)
 8 回転支持体(第3冷却ローラー)
 9 剥離ローラー
 11 ダンサーローラー
 13、14、15 搬送ローラー
 10 フィルム
 12 延伸機
 16 巻取り装置
 31 ダイ本体
 32 スリット
 41 金属スリーブ
 42 弾性ローラー
 43 金属製の内筒
 44 ゴム
 45 冷却水
 51 外筒
 52 内筒
 53 空間
 54 冷却液
 55a、55b 回転軸
 56a、56b 外筒支持フランジ
 60 流体軸筒
 61a、61b 内筒支持フランジ
 62a、62b 中間通路
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Extruder 2 Filter 3 Static mixer 4 Casting die 5 Rotating support body (1st cooling roller)
6 Nipping pressure rotating body (touch roller)
7 Rotating support (second cooling roller)
8 Rotating support (3rd cooling roller)
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 9 Peeling roller 11 Dancer roller 13, 14, 15 Conveyance roller 10 Film 12 Stretching machine 16 Winding device 31 Die body 32 Slit 41 Metal sleeve 42 Elastic roller 43 Metal inner cylinder 44 Rubber 45 Cooling water 51 Outer cylinder 52 Inner cylinder 53 Space 54 Coolant 55a, 55b Rotating shaft 56a, 56b Outer cylinder support flange 60 Fluid shaft cylinder 61a, 61b Inner cylinder support flange 62a, 62b Intermediate passage

Claims (9)

  1.  アクリル系樹脂及び銅イオンを含有する光学フィルムであって、該銅イオンの含有量が、該光学フィルムに対し20~100質量ppmの範囲内であることを特徴とする光学フィルム。 An optical film comprising an acrylic resin and copper ions, wherein the content of the copper ions is in the range of 20 to 100 ppm by mass with respect to the optical film.
  2.  前記アクリル系樹脂が、アミド基を有することを特徴とする請求項1に記載の光学フィルム。 The optical film according to claim 1, wherein the acrylic resin has an amide group.
  3.  セルロース樹脂を含有することを特徴とする請求項1又は請求項2に記載の光学フィルム。 The optical film according to claim 1, comprising a cellulose resin.
  4.  膜厚が、10~45μmの範囲内であることを特徴とする請求項1から請求項3までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム。 The optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the film thickness is in the range of 10 to 45 µm.
  5.  請求項1から請求項4までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムを製造する光学フィルムの製造方法であって、前記銅イオンが、グルコン酸銅又はアセチルアセトナート銅として添加されることを特徴とする光学フィルムの製造方法。 It is a manufacturing method of the optical film which manufactures the optical film as described in any one of Claim 1- Claim 4, Comprising: The said copper ion is added as copper gluconate or acetylacetonate copper, It is characterized by the above-mentioned. A method for producing an optical film.
  6.  請求項1から請求項4までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムを製造する光学フィルムの製造方法であって、溶融流延法により製膜することを特徴とする光学フィルムの製造方法。 An optical film manufacturing method for manufacturing the optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the optical film is formed by a melt casting method.
  7.  請求項1から請求項4までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルムが具備されていることを特徴とする偏光板。 A polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
  8.  請求項1から請求項4までのいずれか一項に記載の光学フィルム、偏光子及び対向フィルムをこの順に有し、該対向フィルムがセルロース樹脂を含有し、該対向フィルムの厚さが20~60μmの範囲内であることを特徴とする偏光板。 The optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, a polarizer, and a counter film are provided in this order, the counter film contains a cellulose resin, and the thickness of the counter film is 20 to 60 μm. A polarizing plate characterized by being in the range of.
  9.  請求項7又は請求項8に記載の偏光板が具備されていることを特徴とする液晶表示装置。 A liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to claim 7 or 8.
PCT/JP2013/050655 2012-01-17 2013-01-16 Optical film, manufacturing method for optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device WO2013108778A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012-006689 2012-01-17
JP2012006689 2012-01-17

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013108778A1 true WO2013108778A1 (en) 2013-07-25

Family

ID=48799203

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/050655 WO2013108778A1 (en) 2012-01-17 2013-01-16 Optical film, manufacturing method for optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2013108778A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2013108778A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5770146A (en) * 1980-10-17 1982-04-30 Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd Methacrylate resin material for optical filter and production thereof
JPH10221523A (en) * 1996-12-06 1998-08-21 Kureha Chem Ind Co Ltd Optical filter, device with it, spectacle lens, heat ray absorbing filter, and optical fiber
WO2005087882A1 (en) * 2004-03-15 2005-09-22 Tokuyama Corporation Coating composition
JP2005316485A (en) * 2004-04-27 2005-11-10 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Luminance enhancement film for liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing it
JP2005344005A (en) * 2004-06-03 2005-12-15 Toray Ind Inc Resin composition, relief pattern and optical element
JP2010044130A (en) * 2008-08-11 2010-02-25 Nitto Denko Corp Method for manufacturing waterproof optical film, and image display device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5770146A (en) * 1980-10-17 1982-04-30 Mitsubishi Rayon Co Ltd Methacrylate resin material for optical filter and production thereof
JPH10221523A (en) * 1996-12-06 1998-08-21 Kureha Chem Ind Co Ltd Optical filter, device with it, spectacle lens, heat ray absorbing filter, and optical fiber
WO2005087882A1 (en) * 2004-03-15 2005-09-22 Tokuyama Corporation Coating composition
JP2005316485A (en) * 2004-04-27 2005-11-10 Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Luminance enhancement film for liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing it
JP2005344005A (en) * 2004-06-03 2005-12-15 Toray Ind Inc Resin composition, relief pattern and optical element
JP2010044130A (en) * 2008-08-11 2010-02-25 Nitto Denko Corp Method for manufacturing waterproof optical film, and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2013108778A1 (en) 2015-05-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5217913B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP5152080B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP5234103B2 (en) Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JPWO2007043358A1 (en) Method for producing cellulose ester film, cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5023837B2 (en) Cellulose ester film, method for producing cellulose ester film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP5212043B2 (en) Optical film manufacturing method, optical film, polarizing plate, and display device
JP4972797B2 (en) Optical film, manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP4947050B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP5093227B2 (en) Optical film, optical film manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP4747985B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2008145739A (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5182098B2 (en) Optical film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JPWO2010001677A1 (en) Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP5181558B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010185914A (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
WO2013108778A1 (en) Optical film, manufacturing method for optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP4770620B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same, and method for producing optical film
JP5012497B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP5168022B2 (en) Optical film, optical film manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2008143873A (en) Phosphonite compound, method for purifying the same, cellulose ester film using the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP4952588B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010117557A (en) Cellulose ester optical film, method of manufacturing the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP2010049062A (en) Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display device
JP2008224720A (en) Optical film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate, its manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13738132

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2013554305

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13738132

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE